Произошла ошибка. Подробности Скрыть
У вас есть несохраненные страницы. Восстановить Отмена

CBS StatLine Databank

Statistics Netherlands (CBS) enables people to have debates on social issues on the basis of reliable statistical information.The mission of CBS is to publish reliable and coherent statistical information which responds to the needs of Dutch society. The responsibility of CBS is twofold: firstly, to compile (official) national statistics and secondly to compile European (community) statistics.

Все наборы данных:  A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R S T U V W Y
  • A
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information on the development in turnover and volume in the sector Accommodation and food serving (ISIC 2008 codes 55 and 56). The figures are expressed as a percentage change compared to a previous period and by means of an index. In this table the base year is updated to 2015, in previous publications the base year was 2010. Developments in turnover and volume are published in two formats. Firstly, as a year-on-year mutation which expresses growth relative to the same period in the preceding year. The second format pertains to a period-on-period mutation, for example quarter-on-quarter. Period-on-period mutations are derived by applying seasonal adjustment. Data available from: 1st quarter 2005. Status of the figures: Figures on 2018 are provisional. Figures of previous periods are definite. Changes as of November 30, 2018: Figures on the third quarter 2018 have been added. Figures on previous periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. As a rule quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only apply adjustments if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on land use, arable farming, horticulture, grassland, grazing livestock and housed animals, at regional level, by general farm type. The figures in this table are derived from the agricultural census. Data collection for the agricultural census is part of a combined data collection for a.o. agricultural policy use and enforcement of the manure law. Regional breakdown is based on the main location of the holding. Due to this the region where activities (crops, animals) are allocated may differ from the location where these activities actually occur. The agricultural census is also used as the basis for the European Farm Structure Survey (FSS). Data from the agricultural census do not fully coincide with the FSS. In the FSS years (2000, 2003, 2005, 2007 and 2010) additional information was collected to meet the requirements of the FSS. Reference date for livestock is 1 April and for crops 15 May. Since 2016, information of the Dutch Business Register is used to define the agricultural census. Registration in the Business Register with an agricultural standard industrial classification code (SIC), related to NACE/ISIC, (in Dutch SBI: ‘Standaard BedrijfsIndeling’) is leading to determine whether there is an agricultural holding. This aligns the agricultural census as closely as possible to the statistical regulations of Eurostat and the (Dutch) implementation of the definition of 'active farmer' as described in the common agricultural policy. The definition of the agricultural census based on information from the Dutch Business Register mainly affects the number of holdings, a clear deviation of the trend occurs. The impact on areas (except for other land and rough grazing) and the number of animals (except for sheep, horses and ponies) is limited. This is mainly due to the holdings that are excluded as a result of the new delimitation of agricultural holdings (such as equestrian centres, city farms and organisations in nature management). Until 2010 the economic size of agricultural holdings was expressed in Dutch size units (in Dutch NGE: 'Nederlandse Grootte Eenheid'). From 2010 onwards this has become Standard Output (SO). This means that the threshold for holdings in the agricultural census has changed from 3 NGE to 3000 euro SO. For comparable time series the figures for 2000 up to and including 2009 have been recalculated, based on SO coefficients and SO typology. The latest update took place in 2016. In 2011 there were changes in geographic assignment of holdings with a foreign main seat. This may influence regional figures, mainly in border regions. Data available from: 2000 Status of the figures: the figures are provisional. Changes as of 20 November 2018: the provisional figures for 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? According to regular planning provisional figures for the current year are published in November; definite figures follow three months later.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data at regional level on the number of persons employed on agricultural holdings, the corresponding annual work units (AWUs) and the number of holdings with workers. The figures in this table are derived from the agricultural census. Data collection for the agricultural census is part of a combined data collection for a.o. agricultural policy use and enforcement of the manure law. Regional breakdown is based on the main location of the holding. Due to this the region where activities (crops, animals) are allocated may differ from the location where these activities actually occur. The agricultural census is also used as the basis for the European Farm Structure Survey (FSS). Data from the agricultural census do not fully coincide with the FSS. In the FSS years (2000, 2003, 2005, 2007 and 2010) additional information was collected to meet the requirements of the FSS. Data on labour force refer to the period April to March of the year preceding the agricultural census. Since 2016, information of the Dutch Business Register is used to define the agricultural census. Registration in the Business Register with an agricultural standard industrial classification code, related to NACE/ISIC, (in Dutch SBI: ‘Standaard BedrijfsIndeling’) is leading to determine whether there is an agricultural holding. This aligns the agricultural census as closely as possible to the statistical regulations of Eurostat and the (Dutch) implementation of the definition of 'active farmer' as described in the common agricultural policy. The definition of the agricultural census based on information from the Dutch Business Register mainly affects the number of holdings, a clear deviation of the trend occurs. The impact on areas (except for other land and rough grazing) and the number of animals (except for sheep, and horses and ponies) is limited. This is mainly due to the holdings that are excluded as a result of the new delimitation of agricultural holdings (such as equestrian centres, city farms and organisations in nature management). Until 2010 the economic size of agricultural holdings was expressed in Dutch size units (in Dutch NGE: 'Nederlandse Grootte Eenheid'). From 2010 onwards this has become Standard Output (SO). This means that the threshold for holdings in the agricultural census has changed from 3 NGE to 3000 euro SO. For comparable time series the figures for 2000 up to and including 2009 have been recalculated, based on SO coefficients and SO typology. The latest update was in 2016. In 2011 there were changes in geographic assignment of holdings with a foreign main seat. This may influence regional figures, mainly in border regions. Data available from: 2000 Status of the figures: the figures are provisional. Changes as of 20 November 2018: the provisional figures for 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? According to regular planning provisional figures for the current year are published in November; definite figures follow three months later.
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Number of amusement and theme parks, visitors, staff, costs, revenues period, costs, revenues, visitors 1998-2008 Changed on February 15 2012. Frequency: Two-yearly.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the annual rates of change of the CPI from the moment they were first published. The annual rate of change reflects changes in prices of consumer goods and services in a certain month compared with the same month in the previous year; it is the year on-year change of the consumer price index. This table also contains the derived series for the annual rate of change. This is based on the normal series but without the effect of changes in the rates of product-related taxes (for instance VAT and excise duty on alcohol and tobacco) and subsidies. The derived series answers the question: how would prices have changed if the tax rates remained the same? Data available from: January 1963 Status of the figures: All monthly figures are provisional when first published. Definite figures are provided in the second publication for the month concerned. Changes as of 6 November 2018: The figures for October 2018 have been added. The figures for September 2018 are definite. When will new figures be published? New figures will usually be published on the first Thursday of the month, except if the first Thursday is the first, second or third day of the month or if there are public holidays prior to and on that Thursday. In that case, new figures will be published on Tuesday after the first Thursday.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes all price index numbers calculated according to the Harmonised consumer price index (HICP) for the Netherlands, the Euro area and the European Union (EU). In all member states of the EU, these indices are compiled in a similar manner to facilitate comparison between the various EU countries. The table also includes the harmonised consumer price index for the Euro area. This index figure reflects the average price increase/decrease in the countries which have adopted the euro as their currency. The table also includes the European consumer price index, i.e. the harmonised consumer price index for the member states of the European Union. Data available from: January 1996. Status of the figures: Since 2012, the standard distinction made in HICP publications between first provisional and later final results no longer applies. This is based on a request submitted by Eurostat. HICP results are only defined as provisional ('preliminary ') if - at the moment of publication - it is evident that data are incomplete and/or will be subject to revision in the next few months. Changes as of 6 November 2018: The figures for October 2018 have been added. The figures for September 2018 are definite. When will new figures be published? New figures will usually be published on the first Thursday of the month, except if the first Thursday is the first, second or third day of the month or if there are public holidays prior to and on that Thursday. In that case, new figures will be published on Tuesday after the first Thursday.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents annual data on the output components, the final expenditure categories and the income components of gross domestic product of the Netherlands. In the national accounts gross domestic product is approached from three points of view: from the output, from the generation of income and from the final expenditure. Gross domestic product is a main macroeconomic indicator. The volume change of gross domestic product is a measure for the economic growth of a country. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Approaches of domestic product (GDP); NA, 1969-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information per crop about the cultivated and harvested area, yield per hectare and the total yield in a crop year. The data are available for the Netherlands as a whole and by province. Applying crop rotation helps a farmer to avoid deterioration in soil fertility. A cultivation plan is prepared annually, to make sure that the same crop is not cultivated in the same place year after year. Usually, one third of the arable land is covered with cereals (mainly winter wheat and spring barley), a quarter is covered with potatoes, one eighth is covered with sugar beet, and one tenth is used for vegetables(mainly onions) as well as a green fodder crop (mainly green maize). To obtain the figure for the yield, first a preliminary harvest estimate is made. This takes place from August to October. The estimate is made definite from December to May. The yields per hectare are rounded off to the nearest 100 kilograms. The total yields are rounded off to the nearest 1000 kilograms. Data available from: 1994. Status of the figures: The figures of 2018 are provisional, the other figures are definite. Changes as of 31 October 2018: The figures of 2017 are definite and the provisional figures of 2018 have been added at the National level. When will new figures be published? The preliminary harvest estimate figures for cereals are published at the end of September and for all crops in late October of the harvest year. The final crop estimate figures are partly published in January and partly at the end of March of the following year. These figures can be changed until the end of September.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Biennial survey art training by number of staff, teaching hours, institutions, receipts and costs. by type of art training 1993 - 2003 Changed on June 23 2009. Frequency: Two-yearly.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on numbers of submitted asylum requests and family reunification (family joining the asylum seeker) per month, quarter and year, broken down by citizenship, sex and age group of the asylum seeker and family member. Apart from the total number of requests, the number of first requests and subsequent requests have also been included. As of January 2016, the first requests also include relocation data. Data available from: January 2013. Status of the figures: The figures provided here represent formally identified and registered asylum seekers. Changes as of November 2018: The provisional figures of the month October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published on a monthly basis.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides annual figures of asylum requests and following family members (persons and procedures), by citizenship. Apart from the total number of requests and family members, the number of first requests and subsequent requests is also included. The distinction between first requests and subsequent requests cannot be made before the reference year 2007. Therefore the number of first requests is set equal to the number of total requests. The distinction between asylum requests and family members can, until now, not be made before the reference year 2013. For some individual countries, no data is available for the years before 1994. However, the number of requests for asylum for these countries are included in the total number of requests. In all cases it concerns small numbers. From 2016 onwards the number of first requests includes relocation. Data available from: 1975. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of November 2018: The underlying coding of classifications (nationality) used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The new figures of 2018 will be published in February 2019.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Requests for asylum in member states of the European Union and some countries outside the European Union. In addition to the total number of asylum requests, the number of first asylum requests is also included. The data with respect to EU member states in this table is based on data from Eurostat and is partly different from data published in the table Asylum requests; international 1990-2009. See link section 3. The figures for the countries outside the European Union are submitted by the UNHCR. Data available from: 2008. Status of the figures: The data are final, but it occasionally happens that countries provide revised data. Therefore, the data in the table may be subject to change. Changes as of 22 December 2017: The figures for EU-28, Austria, France, Ireland and the United Kingdom have been adjusted for the year 2016 and the figure for Canada has been adjusted for the year 2015. The figures for Canada and Australia have been added for the year 2016. For the United States there is no current figure available for the year 2016. When will new figures be published? Figures for 2017 will be published in April 2018.
    • Октябрь 2009
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Average periods needed school - leavers to find job by level of education 1991 - 2001 Changed on October 26 2009. Frequency: Discontinued.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      Data on flight movements, passengers, cargo and mail at Dutch airports. Summary of the contents of the EU figure in this publication: The composition of the European Union (EU-15) until 2004: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and United Kingdom. In 2005 the European Union (EU-25) expanded with: Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Poland, Slovakia and Slovenia. In 2007 Bulgaria and Romania have been added (EU-27). In 2014 Croatia was added (EU-28). Data available from: Annual figures available from 1997; monthly figures available from January 1999. Status of the figures: The figures for the current year are provisional. Changes as of 30 november 2018: Provisional figures over october 2018 have been added. The underlying coding of classification (airports) used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will figures become available? New monthly figures are typically 1 month after the reporting period (calendar month) published.
  • B
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of bankruptcies as pronounced by court order in the Netherlands. Numbers are broken down by type of bankruptcy (natural persons with or without sole proprietorship, enterprises and institutions). Data available from: January 1981 Status of the figures: Figures over the last two months are provisional . Changes as of 12 November 2018: The results of October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? November 2018 figures are expected to be published on 12 December 2018.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Key figures on fertility, live and stillborn children and multiple births among inhabitants of The Netherlands. Available selections: - Live born children by sex; - Live born children by age of the mother (31 December), in groups; - Live born children by birth order from the mother; - Live born children by marital status of the mother; - Live born children by migration background of the mother; - Stillborn children by duration of pregnancy; - Births: single and multiple; - Average number of children per female; - Average number of children per male; - Average age of the mother at childbirth by birth order from the mother; - Average age of the father at childbirth by birth order from the mother. Data available from: 1950 Most of the data is available of 1950 with the exception of the live born children by migration background of the mother (from 1996), stillborn children by duration of pregnancy (24+) (from 1991), average number of children per male (from 1996) and the average age of the father at childbirth (from 1996). Status of the figures: All data recorded in this publication are final data. Changes per 5 June 2018: Data of 2017 have been added. Changes per 26 April 2018: The terms 'People with a Dutch background' and 'People with a foreign background' have been revised. They have been replaced by 'Persons with a Dutch background' and 'Persons with a migration background' respectively. When will new figures be published? In the third quarter of 2019 final figures of 2018 will be published in this publication.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in turnover in the sector Business and ICT services (SIC sections J, M and N). The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2015. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published. Data available from: 1st quarter 2005. Status of the figures: Figures on 2018 are provisional. Figures on previous periods are definite. The figures of a calendar year will become definitive no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be “provisional” and can still be adjusted as a result of corrected response. Changes as of November 30, 2018: Figures on the third quarter 2018 have been added. Figures on previous periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. Changes as of June 12 2018: The year-on-year change of branch 63 (information services) has been corrected. The reason is lack of clarity about the typology of an influential company which was therefore not initially included in the development of 2018Q1. In addition, an adjustment has been made for branch 60 as a result of a method change. When will new figures be published? Statistics Netherlands usually publishes the first results two months after the reporting period. Figures may be updated subsequently as a result of increased response. Five months after the reporting year, all late response is used to compile the definite figures, for all quarters in that reporting year. Until that point, figures are provisional. After that, figures are definite. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only apply adjustments if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides up-to-date information about the opinions held by Dutch entrepreneurs on their achievements, expectations and judgments regarding their business. This panel survey is aimed at gaining insight into the current situation, future development and judgments of Dutch enterprises. As a result it is possible to detect turning points in optimism or pessimism at an early stage, providing an early indication of possible trend changes in the economic activities of Dutch enterprises. Data are broken down by main business activity (SIC 2008). The questions submitted to the entrepreneurs at the beginning of a quarter concern output, turnover, prices, order books, stocks, investments, competitive position, economic climate, staff size and the obstacles they have encountered. In answering the questions relating to developments in the past three months and expectations for the next three months, the entrepreneurs are asked for a comparison with the preceding period of three months. Data available from: 1st quarter 2012. Status of the figures: All figures are definitive. Changes as of 15 November 2018: The results for Q4 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The results for Q1 2019 are expected to be published mid-February 2019.
  • C
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains index figures on a number of elements contained in the collective labour agreements (in Dutch: cao), namely wages per month and per hour including and excluding special payments, contractual wage costs (per month and per hour) and contractual working hours. In addition, it presents developments calculated on the basis of these indices and the percentage of collective labour agreements completed. The table data can be broken down into: - Cao sector; - Economic activity (SIC 2008); - Version of the results; - Months, years and quarters. Data available from: January 2010. Status of the figures: All the figures from 2010 to 2017 are final. The figures from 2018 are provisional. Changes as of 1 November 2018: Figures for October 2018 have been added. The underlying coding of classifications 'Cao sectors' used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and the other data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The monthly figures are published within one week after the end of the calendar month concerned. This is called the initial figure. The index is subsequently reviewed every month based on the additional completed collective labour agreements in that month. Current figures marked * are provisional. Up to the second quarter they can be reviewed monthly based on new completed collective labour agreements. In the second quarter the figures of the previous calendar year become definite (current figure not marked *).
    • Июль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on capital stock. The capital stock of different branches and sectors is presented here. The capital stock is broken down by type of capital good. Figures of the sectors households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISH) are from reporting year 2013 onwards no longer separately published. Only their aggregate will be published. The reason for this change is that reliable estimates for NPISH for recent years are no longer available. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2016 are provisional. The status of the figures for 2015 is final. Changes as from 13 July 2017: Provisional figures on the reporting year 2016 have been added. Using old data has led to incorrect figures for investments of the households and NPISHs for the reporting years 2001-2010. Adjusting for these errors results in different figures on investments and the statistical discrepancies. Smaller differences due to rounding occur for the capital stock opening and closing balance sheet, the depreciation and the revaluation. Data on the years 1995-2000 have been added. Changes as from 25 October 2016: A number of corrections have been applied as a result of mistakes in the calculations for the years 2002, 2003, 2004, 2009 and 2015. These mistakes did not result in any changes in the totals for the closing balance sheet, but led to incorrect aggregations of sectors/branches or type of capital good. Furthermore the calculation method of the volume indices have been harmonised for the capital stock and non-financial balance sheets. Moreover, the volume index will now be calculated on the basis of rounded figures. Because of these changes in method a maximum difference of 109.5 percent points occurs for series of less than 100 mln. A maximum difference of 2.1 percent points occurs for series larger than 100 mln. Volume indices of series which contain 0 mln of capital stock every year are set at 100, rather than hidden. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year. Since the end of June 2016 the release and revision policy of the national accounts have been changed. References to additional information about these changes can be found in section 3.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the price development of dwellings on Bonaire. Also the number of sold dwellings is published. The figures are based on a comprehensive registration of transactions by the Land Registry Office on Bonaire, supplemented with data from the Tax Authority of the Caribbean Netherlands. The price development of sold dwellings provides a model for the price development of the entire stock of dwellings. Data available for 2011-2015. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 29 February 2016: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? Not applicable, as yet this table is a one-off publication.
    • Октябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset includes information about the population on the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St Eustatius broken down by gender and age on 1 January. Since 10 October 2010, the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St Eustatius have been given the status of 'special municipality' of the Netherlands. On the grounds of their new status as 'special municipality', they are officially classified as public bodies of the Netherlands. Figures over the period 2002-2010 are provided by the Central Bureau of Statistics Netherlands Antilles and Island Registries (CBS-NA). From 2010 onwards the figures are provided by Statistics Netherlands (CBS). Between 1 January 2015 and 1 January 2016, the population register of St Eustatius was updated. As a result, approximately 600 individuals were classified as emigrants. These people were still registered in the population register of St Eustatius, but a check-up revealed that they did not live on the island anymore.   Indicator: Population growth=Population on 31 Dec (source: CBS-NA)-Population on 1 January (source: CBS)  
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents figures on electricity generated by energy companies on the three islands of Caribbean Netherlands. Further the table contains the number of electricity connections and the number of connections to the mains water network, connections broken down by household and businesses. Then, the table contains an index figure of oil delivered from oil storage and the production of mains water by the water company. Data available: From: 1993 Status of the figures: All figures from 1993 to 2014 are definite. Figures for 2015, 2016 and 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 15 November 2018: Figures of 2017 have been added. For electricity connections on Saba and total Caribbean Netherlands, the division between households and companies for reporting year 2015 and before has been adapted to the latest insights. When will new figures be published? Figures will be published irregular.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the individual consumer price indices (CPIs) for Bonaire, St Eustatius and Saba, the three islands that constitute 'special municipalities' of the Netherlands. The consumer price indices reflect the price development of goods and services purchased by the average households of the island concerned. Besides the consumer price index, the table also includes the average year-on-year change of the CPI. The table also contains the percentage change of the CPI on the previous quarter. These numbers are available for 12 product groups of which the weighting coefficient is also shown. The weighting coefficient reflects the share of each product group in total consumer expenditure. Data available from: 1st quarter 2010 Status of the figures: All quarter figures are provisional when first published. Definite figures are provided when the next period is published. Changes per 17 October 2018: The figures for for the second quarter of 2018 are definite and figures for the third quarter of 2018 have been added. The index numbers in the 2017 = 100 series of Bonaire and St. Eustatius in the period 2010 to 2018 have been corrected because an incorrect weighting was used for the calculation of these figures. As a result, quarter and annual changes have also been adjusted. The year index numbers of Bonaire, St. Eustatius and Saba have also been corrected, because they were not calculated with rounded quarter index numbers. This correction applies only to the figures in the 2017 = 100 series, the previously published indices, quarter and annual changes of the 2010 = 100 series are correct and therefore not adjusted. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in January 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the gross domestic product (GDP) on an annual basis of Bonaire, St. Eustatius, Saba and total Caribbean Netherlands. GDP is a macroeconomic concept. The volume change of GDP is a measure of a country's economic growth. This volume change is relative to the previous year. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 19 September 2018: Figures of 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures of the GDP of 2017 are published in the autumn of 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about jobs en wages on the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius to gender and age of employees on 1 January. Since 10 October 2010, the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius have the status of a 'special municipality' of the Netherlands. On the grounds of this new status as a 'special municipality', they are officially recognised as a public body of the Netherlands. Data available from: 2011 Status of the figures: Figures for the years 2011 to 2015 are definite. Figures for 2016 are provisional. Changes as of 28 September 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The provisional figures for 2017 will be published in third quarter 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about jobs en wages on the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius to gender and age of employees on 1 January. Since 10 October 2010, the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius have the status of a 'special municipality' of the Netherlands. On the grounds of this new status as a 'special municipality', they are officially recognised as a public body of the Netherlands. Data available from: 2011 Status of the figures: Figures for the years 2011 to 2015 are definite. Figures for 2016 are provisional. Changes as of 28 September 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The provisional figures for 2017 will be published in third quarter 2018.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains yearly figures on labour participation for the special municipalities Bonaire, St Eustatius and Saba (the Caribbean Netherlands). The population of 15 to 75 years of age (excluding the institutionalized population) is divided into the employed labour force, the unemployed labour force and those not in the labour force. The employed labour force is subdivided on the basis of the professional status, and the average working hours. A division by sex, age and level of education is available. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 8 June 2018: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published every two years.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about population developments due to birth, mortality and foreign migration on the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius. Since 10 October 2010, the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius have the status of 'special municipalities' of the Netherlands. Data available from: 2011 Status of the figures: All figures presented in the table are final. Changes as from 5 July 2018: Figures for 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Final figures for 2018 will be published in the second quarter of 2019.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes figures about the population on the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius broken down by gender and age on 1 January. Since 10 October 2010, the islands of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius have been given the status of 'special municipality' of the Netherlands. On the grounds of their new status as 'special municipality', they are officially classified as public bodies of the Netherlands. Data available from: 2011. Status of the figures: The figures are final. Changes on 5 July 2018: Figures for 1 January 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? In the third quarter of 2019 figures referring to 1 January 2019 will be added.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents figures on total number of incidental power cuts and power cuts by duration on Bonaire and Saba. This excludes scheduled power interruptions such as maintenance. Data available: From: 2010 Status of the figures: All figures from 1993 to 2014 are definite. Figures from 2015 to 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 15 November 2018: Provisional figures of 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures will be published irregular.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data about perceived health and chronic disorders of the population of the Caribbean Netherlands aged 15 years and older. It comprises the following aspects: - perceived state of health - chronic disorders These aspects are shown for the Caribbean Netherlands, and also for the islands Bonaire, St Eustatius and Saba separately. Also breakdowns by sex, age and level of education are presented. Data available from: 2013 Status of the data: final. Changes as of July 10th 2018 The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. The figures of Bonaire of 2017 were added to this table. When will new data be published? New data will be published every four years.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data on lifestyle of the population of the Caribbean Netherlands aged 15 years and older in private households. It comprises the following aspects of lifestyle: - Smoking - Use of alcohol - Length, weight, people who are underweight and overweight - Use of contraceptive pill These aspects are shown for the Caribbean Netherlands, and also for the islands of Bonaire, St Eustatius and Saba separately. Also breakdowns by sex, age and level of education are presented. Data available from: 2013 Status of the data: final. Changes as of July 10th 2018 The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. The figures of Bonaire of 2017 were added to this table. When will new data be published? New data will be published every four years.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data on health care use of the population of the Caribbean Netherlands aged 15 years and older in private households. It includes contacts with providers of medical care, hospitalisation, visits to the laboratory for blood test and the use of medicines. It comprises the following aspects: - contacts with general practitioner (GP) - contacts with medical specialists - contacts with dentist - contacts with physiotherapist/remedial therapist - hospitalisations, with and without overnight stay - visits to the laboratory for blood test - use of medicines, prescribed as well as non-prescribed These aspects are shown for the Caribbean Netherlands, and also for the islands Bonaire, St Eustatius and Saba separately. Also breakdowns by gender, age and level of education are presented. Data available from: 2013 Status of the data: final. Changes as of July 10th 2018 The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. The figures of Bonaire of 2017 were added to this table. When will new data be published? New data will be published every four years.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides the income inequality between private households in the Caribbean Netherlands; the islands of Bonaire, St. Eustatius, and Saba. Inequality is summarized by means of the Gini coefficient and 80/20 Ratio. Population: The population consists of the people in private households with income observed. The reference date is December 31 of the year under review. Data is available starting from: 2011. Status of the figures: The figures for the years 2011 - 2015 are final. The figures for 2016 are provisional. Changes July 16, 2018: The provisional figures for 2016 have been added. The figures for 2015 are finalized. When will new figures be published? New figures are expected in September 2019.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table summarizes the income of people in the Caribbean Netherlands; the islands of Bonaire, St. Eustatius, and Saba. Persons are differentiated according to sex, age, socio-economic category, position in the household and income level. The income level quartile groups are determined per island, since the income differences between the islands make a classification for the Caribbean Netherlands as a total difficult to interpret. Population: The population consists of the people in private households with income observed. The reference date is December 31 of the year under review. Data is available starting from 2011. Status of the figures: The figures for the years 2011 to 2015 are final. The figures for 2016 are provisional. Changes July 16, 2018 The provisional figures for 2016 have been added. The figures for 2015 are finalized. Changes September 29, 2017: The figures for the income quartiles for the Caribbean Netherlands as total were abusively presented for the years 2011 to 2014. The provisional figures for 2015 have been added. The figures for 2014 are finalized. If there are new figures? New figures are expected in September 2019.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table summarizes the income of private households in the Carribean Netherlands; the islands of Bonaire, St. Eustatius and Saba. Households are differentiated according to composition, age of the main earner, main source of income and income level. The income level quartile groups are determined per island, since the income differences between the islands make a classification for the Caribbean Netherlands as a total difficult to interpret. Population: The population consists of the people in private households with income observed. The reference date is December 31 of the year under review. Data is available starting from: 2011. Status of the figures: The figures for the years 2011 through 2015 are final. The figures for 2016 are provisional. Changes July 16, 2018: The provisional figures for 2016 have been added. The figures for 2015 are finalized. Changes September 29, 2017: The provisional figures for 2015 have been added. The figures for 2014 are finalized. When will new figures be published? New figures are expected in September 2018.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the dynamic purchasing power of people in the Caribbean Netherlands; the islands of Bonaire, St. Eustatius, and Saba. Persons are differentiated according to sex, position in the household and household characteristics age main earner, main income source and income level. The income level quartile groups are determined per island, since the income differences between the islands make a classification for the Caribbean Netherlands as a total difficult to interpret. Population: The population consists of the people in private households with income observed. The reference date is December 31 of the year under review. Data is available starting from: 2012. Status of the figures: The figures for the years 2012 - 2015 are final. The figures for 2016 are provisional. Changes July 16, 2018: Figures of 2015 are finalized, figures of 2016 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures are expected in September 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the values of imports and exports and the trade balance of Bonaire. The data are broken down into aggregated categories of goods according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC sections). On October 10, 2010, Bonaire became a public body of the Netherlands. Data available from: the third quarter of 2011. Status of the figures: The figures on international trade of Bonaire are subject to adjustment when new or updated sources become available. The figures are therefore provisional when they are first published. These provisional figures are adjusted approximately five months after the quarter under review. In the second quarter of the current year, the definite figure of the previous year becomes available on StatLine. Changes as of November 13, 2018: The figures of the second quarter 2018 are now final and the provisional figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The figures become available approximately six weeks after the quarter under review.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the values of imports and exports, changes therein and the trade balances of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius. On October 10, 2010, Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius became a public body of the Netherlands. Data available from: the third quarter of 2011 for imports and exports of Bonaire, the fourth quarter of 2011 for imports of St. Eustatius, the first quarter of 2012 for imports of Saba and the second quarter of 2012 for exports of Saba and St. Eustatius. The different starting dates are the result of differences in the start of the observation on the islands. Status of the figures: The figures on international trade of Bonaire, Saba and St. Eustatius are subject to adjustment when new or updated sources become available. The figures are therefore provisional when they are first published. These provisional figures are adjusted approximately five months after the quarter under review. In the second quarter of the current year, the definite figure of the previous year becomes available on StatLine. Changes as of November 13, 2018: The figures of the second quarter 2018 are now final and the provisional figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The figures become available approximately six weeks after the quarter under review.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains cash-based data on a monthly basis about revenue and expenditure and the central government balance sheet. Data are provided by the accounting departments of the relevant public institutions. The figures in this table are presented on a cash basis, which means that the criterion for the booking is the moment the payment is made. The figures presented here do not comply with the publications on National Accounts. With this table, the Netherlands meets the requirements as laid down in the Directive EU 2011/85. This directive is part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package ('Sixpack'), adopted by the European Council in 2011. Statistics Netherlands published the revised National Accounts in June 2018. Among other things, GDP and total government expenditures have been adjusted upwards as a result of the revision. As part of the revision, the determination of the population of central government has been improved qualitatively. From the first month of 2018 onwards, administrative data of the central government will be published after revision in this table. The figures for the previous months have not been adjusted based on the revision. Between December 2017 and January 2018, a break occurs as a result of the benchmark revision. Figures available from: January 2014. Status of the figures: Figures for July, August, September and October 2018 are provisional. Figures for January, February, March, April, May and June 2018 are revised provisional and figures for 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 are definite. Changes as from 30 November 2018: Figures for October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New monthly figures will be published one month after the month under review. With the publication of a new month, provisional figures for the previous month can be adjusted. The figures referring to the three months of a quarter will be revised at the end of the next quarter. Six months after the end of the year, figures will be set to 'definite'.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      The historical series 'Civil engineering; input price index 2000 = 100, since 1979' represents the trend of the costs of labour, material and equipment involved in projects in various areas of civil engineering (in Dutch: Grond-, Weg- en Waterbouw (GWW)) in the Netherlands. This series was created by linking independently calculated series from the past. At this moment, there are eight areas within civil engineering. These areas are based on the standard Classification Products to Activity (CPA). There is also one area of which the observation has stopped. For each area a series is calculated based on the price developments of various cost components of which the product to be realised -in this case a civil engineering project- is constructed.. The price index for the total of civil engineering is a weighted average of the eight areas. The published price indices of civil engineering are based on the average price level of the month in question. Changes in the overall costs and 'profit and risks' are not taken into account. Changes in excise duties (such as that of diesel, used in civil engineering works, from 1/1/2013) are also not reflected in the price indices. Changes compared with twelve months previously are also published for all indices. Data available from: The various series of price indices of Civil Engineering cover different periods. Some start in 1979, while others start at the shift to 2000 = 100. For each series, the period for which it contains figures is given below: - Constructions for fluids: February 1979 - Road construction: February 1979 - Road maintenance: February 1979; discontinued from October 2004 - Site preparation works: February 1979 - Civil engineering works: January 2000 - Bridges and tunnels: January 2000 - Railways and underground railways: January 2000 - Constructions for water projects: January 2000 - Electrical installation works: January 2005 Status of the figures: Index figures up to 2017 are definite. Other index figures are provisional. The period the price indices remain provisional depends on the moment that the collectively negotiated (CAO) wage rates for the construction industry are definite. This period can vary from 4 to about 16 months after the period under review. Changes as of November 30th 2018: The figures of October 2018 are added to the table. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for January 2019 will be published at the end of February 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the input price indices of the costs of labour, materials and equipment for civil engineering works (in Dutch: Grond-, weg- en waterbouw (GWW)). There are eight areas within civil engineering. These areas are based on the standard Classification Products to Activity. For each area a series is calculated based on the price developments of various cost components of which the product to be realised -in this case a civil engineering project- is constructed. The price index for the total of civil engineering is a weighted average of the eight areas. The published price indices of civil engineering are based on the average price level of the month in question. Changes in the overall costs and 'profit and risks' are not taken into account. Changes in excise duties (such as that of diesel, used in civil engineering works, from 1/1/2013) are also not reflected in the price indices. Changes compared with twelve months previously are also published for all indices. Data available from: The input price indices in this series are available from January 2008 on. Status of the figures: Index figures up to 2017 are definite. Other index figures are provisional. The period the price indices remain provisional depends on the moment that the collectively negotiated (CAO) wage rates for the construction industry are definite. This period can vary from 4 to about 16 months after the period under review. Changes as of November 30th 2018: The figures of October 2018 are added to the table. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for January 2019 will be published at the end of February 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the supply and the consumption of hard coal, lignite + BKB (Braunkohlenbriketts) and coke-oven cokes in a balance sheet. Supply is calculated as production plus recovered products plus imports minus exports plus net stock changes. This calculation of the supply results in the amount of hard coal, lignite + BKB (Braunkohlenbriketts) and coke-oven cokes consumed in the period concerned. This consumption is divided into consumption by energy companies, coke oven plants, industry, iron and steel and other consumers. Other consumers are i.e. services and households. Data available from: January 1990. Status of the figures: All figures up to 2015 are definite. Figures from January 2016 are revised provisional. Figures from January 2018 are provisional. Changes as of November 30th 2018: Figures of September 2018 and the third quarter have been added. Changes as of August 3rd 2018: - From January 1990 supply and consumption figures of lignite + BKB (Braunkohlenbriketts) and coke-oven cokes have been added. - From reporting year 2015 onwards, the transit from the import and export figures of hard coal has been removed. - Provisional figures of January up to and including May 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: in the third month after the month under review. Revised provisional figures : not later than in the following December. Definite figures: not later than in December of the second following year.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the main figures for supply and consumption of primary coal (hard coal, lignite) and coal products in the Netherlands in a long time series. Data available: From 1802 Status of the figures: Figures of 1802 till 2015 are definite. Figures of 2016 are revised provisional and of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 3 August 2018: - From reporting year 2015 onwards, the transit from the import and export figures of hard coal has been removed. - Revised provisional figures of 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: March/April in the following year. Revised provisional figures: June/July in the following year. Definite figures: december in the second following year.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides annual data about the compensation of employees, the wage costs and the labour volume of employees. Compensation of employees is classified in wages and salaries and employers' social contributions. The wage costs are the total of wages, social contributions paid by employers and taxes on wage costs minus wage cost subsidies. The labour volume is given in jobs (by sex and by full-time or part-time), full-time equivalent (fte), hours paid, hours agreed and hours worked. The table additionally provides the compensation of employees, wages and salaries and wage costs related to full-time equivalents and hours worked. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data over 2017 are provisional. Changes as of August 2nd 2018: The wage costs for industry L and the total for the Netherlands were not totally correct. These figures are corrected now. The correction amounts between 1 million and 4 million euro a year. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides annual and quarterly data about the compensation of employees, the wage costs and the labour volume of employees. Compensation of employees is classified in wages and salaries and employers' social contributions. The wage costs are the total of wages, social contributions paid by employers and taxes on wage costs minus wage cost subsidies. The labour volume is given in jobs (by sex), full-time equivalent (fte) and hours worked. The seasonal adjusted time series about the compensation of employees and the wages & salaries are also available in this table. The table additionally provides the compensation of employees, wages and salaries and wage costs related to full-time equivalents and hours worked. Data available from: 1995 first quarter Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016 and further are provisional. Changes as of November 14th 2018: Figures of the first estimate of the third quarter 2018 have been added to the table. When will new figures be published? The preliminary estimate (flash estime) of a quarter is released within 45 days. The second estimate is published after 85 days. At the second estimate of the fourth quarter, data of the previous three quarters will also be revised.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows quarterly data of the number of productive hours per employee in residential and non-residential building. The number of productive hours is calculated by reducing the number of theoretically available hours with the number of non-productive hours due to holidays, sickness absence, strikes, frost and precipitation delays, etc. All figures are rounded off to the nearest 5 hours. Data available from: 1st quarter of 1990. Status of the figures: Data of the four most recent quarters are provisional, the remainder are definite. Changes as of October 22, 2018: Figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added and figures from four quarters preceding may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? Statistics Netherlands usually publishes the first results six to eight weeks after the reporting period. After the definitive figures are published Statistics Netherlands only adapts the results if large adjustments or corrections are necessary.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in domestic turnover of the construction industry (SIC 2008 section F). The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008) and by four size classes. The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2015. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published. Data available from: 1st quarter 2005. Status of the figures: The figures on 2018 are provisional, figures from preceding periods are definite. Changes as of November 16, 2018: Figures of the third quarter 2018 has been added and the figures of the previous periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. Changes as of 5 June 2018: Publication of May 16th; wrong use of employees instead of employed persons. When will new figures be published? Statistics Netherlands usually publishes the first results six to eight weeks after the reporting period. Up to 75 days after the quarter, figures may be adjusted as increased response becomes available. After that the figures will not be changed. Twelve months after the reporting year, all late response is used to compile the definite figures, for all months in the reporting year. Until that point, figures are provisional. After that, figures are definite. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands only adjusts them if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in domestic turnover of the construction industry (SIC 2008 section F). The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008) and by two size classes. The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2015. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published. Data available from: January 2005. Status of the figures: The figures on 2018 are provisional, figures from preceding periods are definite. Changes as of November 16, 2018: Figures of September and the third quarter 2018 have been added and figures of the previous periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? Statistics Netherlands usually publishes the first results six to eight weeks after the reporting period. Up to 75 days after the quarter, figures may be adjusted as increased response becomes available. After that the figures will not be changed. Twelve months after the reporting year, all late response is used to compile the definite figures, for all months in the reporting year. Until that point, figures are provisional. After that, figures are definite. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands only adjusts them if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the value (expressed in building costs) of the construction of building projects expected shortly. It also shows the value of the actually realised monthly production of building projects. The figures relate to building projects with building costs of 50 thousand euro or more. The total building costs are broken down into building costs by building phase and by type of building. Data available from: January 2015. Status of the figures: Figures of the latest 12 months are provisional. Municipalities with non-response are estimated. The later received response of municipalities over previous periods have been processed in the figures of the month in which the building permit was granted. As a result, figures about the same month may vary over time. Twelve months after publication the provisional figures become definite. Changes as of November 26, 2018: Figures of September and the third quarter 2018 have been added and figures of previous 12 months may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The new figures will be published approximately 2 months after the reporting month. Figures for the same report month a year earlier then become final.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the value (expressed in building costs) of the construction of building projects expected shortly. It also shows the value of the actually realised monthly production of building projects. The figures relate to building projects with building costs of 50 thousand euro or more. The total building costs are broken down into alteration and new buildings and in building costs by building phase by region (province, group of provinces). The costs of new buildings are broken down by category of purpose. Data available from: January 2015. Status of the figures: Figures of the latest 12 months are provisional. Municipalities with non-response are estimated. The later received response of municipalities over previous periods have been processed in the figures of the month in which the building permit was granted. As a result, figures about the same month may vary over time. Twelve months after publication the provisional figures become definite. Changes as of November 26, 2018: Figures of September and the third quarter 2018 have been added and figures of previous 12 periods may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The new figures will be published approximately 2 months after the reporting month. Figures for the same report month a year earlier then become final.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the value (expressed in building costs) of the construction of building projects expected shortly. It also shows the value of the actually realised monthly production of building projects. The figures relate to building projects with building costs of 50 thousand euro or more. The total building costs are broken down into alteration and new buildings and in building costs by building phase by type of client. The costs of new buildings are broken down by category of purpose. Data available from: January 2015. Status of the figures: Figures on the latest 12 months are provisional. Municipalities with non-response are estimated. The later received response of municipalities over previous periods have been processed in the figures of the month in which the building permit was granted. As a result, figures about the same month may vary over time. Twelve months after publication the provisional figures become definite. Changes as of November 26, 2018: Figures of September and the third quarter 2018 have been added and figures of previous 12 months may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The new figures will be published approximately 2 months after the reporting month. Figures for the same report month a year earlier then become final.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The output indicator on construction reflects the volume development of the value added (basic prices) in the sector construction according to the Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 41, 42 and 43). Monthly figures of construction are made consistent with figures of quarterly accounts when these are available. Monthly figures are also corrected for price changes. When the last month of a quarter is published, the second estimate of quarterly accounts figures of the national accounts are not yet available. Therefore, figures of value added of construction in the table can differ from value added figures of national accounts. Subjects: Volume changes, compared to the same period of the previous year and volume index figures, base year 2015=100. Data available from: January 2005. Status of the figures: Data from 2005 up to and including 2015 are final. Data from 2016 onwards are provisional. Changes as of 16 November 2018: The figures of September 2018 have been added and the figures of July and August 2018 have been adjusted. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts in June of 2018. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. For further information see section 3. When are new figures released? About seven weeks after the end of the month under review.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the (seasonally) adjusted figures on opinions and expectations of Dutch consumers on general economic developments and their own financial situation. The indicators of consumer confidence, economic climate and willingness are based on these opinions and expectations. The consumer survey is partially financed by the European Commission. Data available from: April 1986 Status of the figures: Figures up until December 2016 are final. Every February the figures of the months January until December of the previous two years are adjusted. As a result, the figures of the twelve months two years before February become final, the figures of twelve months of the year before February remain provisional for another year. Adjustments are usually modest. Changes as of 21 November 2018 The figures of November 2018 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published on 21 December 2018.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the figures on opinions and expectations of Dutch consumers on general economic developments and their own financial situation. The indicators of consumer confidence, economic climate and willingness are based on these opinions and expectations. The consumer survey is partially financed by the European Commission. Data available from: January 2017. Status of the figures: Figures are final. Changes as of 21 November 2018 The figures of November 2018 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published on 21 December 2018.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the average annual prices of a selection of goods since 2000. The average price is calculated for a chosen quantity which you can find in the subject explanations. The quality of some goods changes over the years. The purpose of this table is to present the price of products currently in demand and to give insight into the average price for that year. Alterations are mentioned in the subject explanations. Data available from: 2000 Status of the figures: All values are definite. Changes as from 1 March 2018: Data for 2017 have been added. When wil the new figures be published? New figures are available in January after the reporting year.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the average annual prices of fourteen consumer goods since 1800. The average price is calculated according to a chosen quantity which is found in the subject explanations. The quality of some goods changes over the years. The purpose of this table is to present the price of products currently in demand and to give insight into the average price for that year. Alterations are mentioned in the subject explanations. Data available from: 1800 Status of the figures: All values are definite. Changes as from 1 March 2018: Data for 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are available in January of the next reporting year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures about year-on-year developments of expenditure categories of the Consumer price index (CPI). This table also contains the weighting coefficient. The weighting coefficient shows how much Dutch consumers spend on each product group in relation to their total expenditure. Furthermore, the table shows the contribution and impact of CPI categories. The contributions of the separate groups add up to total annual rate of change and show the share of price increases. The impact, on the other hand, answers the question how much higher or lower the total annual rate of change would have been, if a specific category would not have been taken into account in calculation. These figures are shown for 153 product groups. Furthermore, 34 combinations of product groups (special aggregates) are displayed. Data available from: January 2016. Status of the figures: When first published, the status of the figures is provisional. Their status becomes final simultaneously with the second publication of the same month. Disparities between provisional and final figures are caused by new or updated source material that has become available after the first publication. Changes as of 6 November 2018: The figures for October 2018 have been added. The figures for September 2018 are definite. When will new figures be published? New figures will usually be published on the first Thursday of the month, except if the first Thursday is the first, second or third day of the month or if there are public holidays prior to and on that Thursday. In that case, new figures will be published on Tuesday after the first Thursday.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes figures on year-on-year developments of expenditure categories of the Harmonised consumer price index (HICP). This table also contains the weighting coefficient. The weighting coefficient shows how much Dutch consumers spend on a product group in relation to their total expenditure. Furthermore, the table shows the contribution and impact of HICP categories. The contributions of the separate groups add up to the total annual rate of change and show the share of price increases. The impact, on the other hand, answers the question how much higher or lower the annual rate of change would have been, if a specific category would not have been taken into account in calculation. These figures are shown for 141 product groups. Furthermore, 34 combinations of product groups (special aggregates) are displayed. Data available from: January 2016. Status of the figures: Since 2012, the standard distinction made in HICP publications between first provisional and later final results no longer applies. This is based on a request submitted by Eurostat. HICP results are only defined as provisional ('preliminary') if - at the moment of publication - it is evident that data are incomplete and/or will be subject to revision in the next few months. In most cases, all requested information regarding consumer prices is available at Statistics Netherlands when the first results are published and later adjustments are not required. Occasionally, specific data are not available on time and the results can be adjusted at a later stage. In such cases, HICP and CPI data can be revised simultaneously, even if they had no provisional status in the preceding month. When first published, CPI data are defined as provisional and their status will become final in the following month. Changes as of 6 November 2018: The figures for October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures will usually be published on the first Thursday of the month, except if the first Thursday is the first, second or third day of the month or if there are public holidays prior to and on that Thursday. In that case, new figures will be published on Tuesday after the first Thursday.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes figures on the price developments of a package of goods and services purchased by the average Dutch household. The figures are consistent with European directives also known as the harmonised consumer price index (HICP). In all member states of the European Union (EU), these indices are compiled in a similar manner to facilitate comparison between the various EU countries. This table also contains the HICP at constant taxes: this price index excludes the effect of changes in the rates of product-related taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duty on alcohol and tobacco). The table also includes the month-on-month and year-on-year changes of the HICP. The year-on-year change of total consumer expenditure is known as inflation. These figures are shown for 359 product groups. Furthermore, 34 combinations of product groups (special aggregates) are displayed. The weighting coefficient shows how much consumers in the Netherlands spend on each product group in relation to their total expenditure. The total weighting is 100,000. Data available from: January 1996. Status of the figures: Since 2012, the standard distinction made in HICP publications between first provisional and later final results no longer applies. This is based on a request submitted by Eurostat. HICP results are only defined as provisional ('preliminary') if - at the moment of publication - it is evident that data are incomplete and/or will be subject to revision in the next few months. In most cases, all requested information regarding consumer prices is available at Statistics Netherlands when the first results are published and later adjustments are not required. Occasionally, specific data are not available on time and the results can be adjusted at a later stage. In such cases, HICP and CPI data can be revised simultaneously, even if they had no provisional status in the preceding month. When first published, CPI data are defined as provisional and their status will become final in the following month. Changes as of 6 November 2018: The figures for October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures will usually be published on the first Thursday of the month, except if the first Thursday is the first, second or third day of the month or if there are public holidays prior to and on that Thursday. In that case, new figures will be published on Tuesday after the first Thursday.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the Consumer price index (CPI) with reference year 1900 = 100. This index series is an estimation and has been constructed by multiplying the year-on-year mutations of several index series from different reference periods with the overlapping index from the previous reference period. The index shows the price change of the goods and services purchased by an average Dutch household in one year. Annual rate of change is measured as the year on-year change of the CPI, expressed as a percentage. The annual rate of change in this series may differ from the officially published annual rate of change as a result of rounding differences. Data available from: 1900 Status of the figures: The yearly figures are provisional when first published. Definitive figures are provided in the second version. Disparities between provisional and definitive figures must be attributed to new or updated source material that has become available. Changes as of 22 June 2017: The term inflation changed in annual rate of change. When will new figures be published? New figures are available at the beginning of the year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures about the price developments of a package of goods and services purchased by the average Dutch household, also known as the consumer price index (CPI). The table also includes the derived consumer price index: this price index excludes the effect of changes in the rates of product-related taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duty on alcohol and tobacco) and subsidies and consumption-related taxes (e.g. motor vehicle tax). The table also includes the month-on-month and year-on-year changes of the CPI. Annual rate of change can be defined as the year-on-year change of total consumer expenditure. These figures are shown for 372 product groups. Furthermore, 34 combinations of product groups (special aggregates) are displayed in the table. The weighting coefficient shows how much Dutch consumers spend on each product group in relation to their total expenditure. The total weighting is 100,000. Data available from: January 1996. Status of the figures: When first published, the figures are provisional. Their status becomes final simultaneously with the second publication about the same month. Disparities between provisional and final figures are caused by new or updated source material that has become available after the first publication. Changes as of 6 November 2018: The figures for October 2018 have been added. The figures for September 2018 are definite. Changes as of 1 June 2016: For all series new data is added for the period 1996 untill January 2015. To complete the data, the existing series that were terminated before 2015 are added to the table. This concerns the series: 2006=100: 011320 Frozen fish 031100 Clothing materials 031420 Repair and hire of clothing 032200 Repair and hire of footwear 043210 Services of plumbers 043230 Maintenance of heating systems 043250 Services of carpenters 043290 Oth. maint. services for dwell. 051300 Repair of furniture etc. 053190 Other major household appliances 063000 Services of hospitals 091420 Unrecorded recording media 094240 Hire of equipment for culture 096010 Package domestic holidays 2000=100: 134000 Real estate taks These series does not have baseyear 2015=100. 2006=100 and 2000=100 are added for these series. When another baseyear applies, it is mentioned explicitly in the description. When will new figures be published? New figures will usually be published on the first Thursday of the month, except if the first Thursday is the first, second or third day of the month or if there are public holidays prior to and on that Thursday. In that case, new figures will be published on Tuesday after the first Thursday.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes the average increase of rent paid for dwellings in the Netherlands. The rent increase is set per 1 July. Data available from: 1959 Changes as from 6 September 2018: The status of the figures for 2018 are definitive. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for 2019 will be published in August 2019.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains detailed data on final consumption expenditure which are divided into categories of goods and services. Total final consumption expenditure consist of actual individual final consumption, the final consumption expenditure by households including non-profit institutions, individual and collective final consumption of general government. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Consumption by type of goods and services; NA, 1969-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains detailed data on final consumption expenditure which are divided into categories conform the classification of infividual consumption by purpose (COICOP). Total final consumption expenditure consist of actual individual final consumption, the final consumption expenditure by households including non-profit institutions, individual and collective final consumption of general government. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Consumption expenditure by purpose; NA, 1969-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the core figures on continuing vocational training of enterprises with 10 and more employees in the private sector in the Netherlands. Data available from: 1986 up to and including 2015 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 7 march 2018: Figures regarding the percentage of hours spent on courses in the year 2015 have been revised so that these are consistent with other output regarding continuing vocational training. Changes as of 6 December 2017: New figures over 2015 are added. Figures regarding the hours spent on courses per male/female employee have been removed from the table because they were not reliable. When will new figures be published? New figures over 2020 are expected in 2022.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents economic growth data (percentage volume changes of gross domestic product) and the contributions to economic growth by expenditure components. Gross domestic product can be calculated as the sum of final consumptions, gross capital formation and net exports. This expenditure approach allows to estimate the contribution of the various components of final expenditure to the volume change of GDP. For estimating the contribution, final expenditure components have to be adjusted for the incorporated imports. The adjusted final expenditure components sum up to GDP and are the bases of the calculation of the contribution of GDP growth. The attribution of imports to final expenditure components is performed using input-output analysis. Contributions of final expenditure to GDP are provided in percentage points of GDP growth. Data available from 2016. Status of the figures: Data of 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Contribution final expenditure to volume growth of GDP; NA, 1995-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on turnover developments. Turnover development is represented as the percentage of businesses which have generated a higher, the same or a lower turnover than in the same period one year previously. The figures are subdivided in sectors/branches according to the Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008) and in size classes based on the number of persons employed. Data available from: 2012. Status of the figures: Figures on the two previous quarters are provisional, the remainder are definite. Changes as of November 29, 2018: Figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added and figures from two quarters preceeding may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New results are made available sixty calendar days after the period under review (quarter). After publication of the definite results, Statistics Netherlands will only make adjustments if major changes occur.
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data on criminal cases brought before subdistrict and district courts and settlements under the Act Mulder (enforcement of traffic regulations). Data about convictions and aquittals in criminal cases brought before the subdistrict courts in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are temporarily not available, due to changes in the reports by the subdistrict courts. Data about subdistrict court criminal cases in 2014 and 2015 are not available. Data available from: 1994 Status of the figures: the figures of the most recent year are provisional, previous years are final data. The figures of the most recent year are provisional, previous years are final data. The data on penal orders of the GPS-system proved to be incomplete, which causes an underestimation of the number of penal orders. Also the data on settlements by judge of the COMPAS-system proved to be incomplete due to an error in the selection to CBS. This causes an underestimation of the number of settlements by judge. Changes as of 11 September, 2017: The figures on decisions of the Public Prosecution Service proved to be incomplete. In consultation with the correspondent the figures on 2008-2016 are improved. The figures on settlements by judge proved to be incomplete. In consultation with the correspondent the figures on 2001-2016 are improved. The provisional data on 2016 are added to the table. Due to funding cuts there will be no new data for this statistic as from 1 January 2018. For more information see the link in paragraph 3. Changes as of November 24, 2016: The figures on joinder of charges and the figures of unconditional dismissals are improved for the years 1995-2014. Some criminal cases resulting in an unconditional dismissal were, mistakenly, counted as a joinder of charges. The improvement causes a lower number of joinder of charges and a higher number of unconditional dismissals as to earlier publications. The provisional data on 2015 are added to the table. When will new figures be published? Due to funding cuts there will be no new data for this statistic as from 1 January 2018. For more information see the link in paragraph 3.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the supply and the consumption of crude as a balance sheet. Crude include crude oil, natural gas liquids and additives (intermediates for motor gasoline and transport diesel). Separate balance sheet items are available for feedstocks for processing in the Netherlands and for feedstocks for the transit trade. The difference between the two flows is that import tax is paid for products destined for production in the Netherlands, while it is not paid for transit goods. Supply is calculated as indigenous production plus production from crude oil plus production from other sources plus imports minus exports plus net stock changes. This calculation of the supply results in the amount of crude consumed in the period concerned. From 1990 onwards, consumption is broken down by consumption as feedstock for transformation into other petroleum products and final consumption (no energy commodities remain). Up to 1990 only figures on consumption as feedstock for transformation are available. Data available: From 1944 Status of the figures: All figures from 1944 to December 2015 are definite. Figures from January 2016 onwards are provisional. Changes as 6 November 2018 Provisional figures of August 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: in the third month after the month under review. Definite figures: not later than in the following December.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides an overview of the non-financial transactions of the institutional sectors of the Dutch economy, distinguishing between uses and resources. Non-financial transactions consist of current transactions and transactions from the capital account. Furthermore, this table provides the main balancing items of the (sub)sectors. Non-financial transactions are estimated for the main institutional sectors of the economy and the rest of the world. Sectors are presented both consolidated and non-consolidated. Data available from: Annual figures from 1995. Quarterly figures from first quarter 1999. Status of the figures: The figures from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of September 21st 2018: Data of the second quarter 2018 have been added in this table. When will new figures be published? Annual figures: Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year. Quarterly figures: The first quarterly estimate is available 85 days after the end of each reporting quarter. The first quarter may be revised in September, the second quarter in December. Should further quarterly information become available thereafter, the estimates for the first three quarters may be revised in March. If (new) annual figures become available in June, the quarterly figures will be revised again to bring them in line with the annual figures.
  • D
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Daily time use in hours and in % participation Time use, gender 1997; 1999; 2001; 2003 Changed on July 31 2009. Frequency: Discontinued.
    • Май 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The survey of medical end-of-life decisions, presents information on medical end-of-life decisions by attending physicians. For this survey a random sample is taken from the central death registry of Statistics Netherlands on persons in the Dutch population register who died in the period August to November in the year concerned. The sample is raised to a figure for the whole year. This table comprises deaths by medical end-of-life decisions, cause of death and age. Data available from: 2010, 2015 Status of the figures: All data are definite. Changes as of May 24th 2017: Figures for 2015 have been added. When will new figures be published? The survey takes place every five years.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about Dutch residents who died in the given year due to an accident (mainly traffic accidents, accidental falls, drowning or poisoning). The accident may have taken place abroad and/or in the previous year, the date and place of death is the criterion. The data is split by sex and age of the victim. The ICD-10 codes that belong to accidents are V01-W77, W80-X59, Y10-Y19, Y34 en Y85-Y86. The persons who died in the MH17 crash in 2014 are not categorised as an accident with an airplane, but as an operation of war (ICD-10 code Y36). These persons are not part of this accidents table. Data available from: 1996 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including 2016 are final and the figures for 2017 are provisional. Changes as of September 6th 2018: Provisional figures for 2017 have been added. Changes as of August 30th 2016: - The 'victim's way of participation in traffic' for 'mopeds' for all presented years are split into 'mopeds and light mopeds' and 'motorised disabled vehicle'. - The former numbers contained also codes which are not included in fatal accidents. Amongst these codes were some causes of death where the intention was undetermined (ICD-10 codes Y20-Y33) and some sequelae (ICD-10 codes Y87-Y89). These causes of death are now excluded. This has consequences for all years for the number of deaths with the cause 'other including sequelae' and this effects all concerning totals and relative figures. The numbers fluctuate per year between 9 in 2008 and 55 in 1998. - The numbers in the cause of poisoning columns 'medicine' and 'illicit drugs' were switched for all years starting in 2014 with the making of this new table. This has been corrected. Changes as of December 12th 2014: Since 2013 Statistics Netherlands is using IRIS for automatic coding for cause of death. This improved the international comparison of the data. The change in coding did cause a considerable shift in the statistic. Since 2013 the (yearly) ICD-10 updates are applied. For accidents no changes in coding have taken place however. When will new figures be published: In the fourth quarter of 2018 provisional figures for 2017 will be made final.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of deaths in the population of the Netherlands by underlying cause of death. The causes of death are shown according to the extensive list of 'three digit codes', by age and sex. Data available from: 1996 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including 2016 are final and the figures for 2017 are provisional. Changes as of July 10th 2018: Provisional figures for 2017 have been added. Since 2013 Statistics Netherlands is using IRIS for automatic coding for cause of death. This improved the international comparison of the data. The change in coding did cause a considerable shift in the statistic. Since 2013 the (yearly) ICD-10 updates are applied. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter of 2018 definitive figures for 2017 will be published.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of persons died as a result of murder or manslaughter, where the crime scene is located in the Netherlands. The victims can be residents or non-residents. The data can be split by location of the crime, method, age and sex. The date of death is the criterion, the date of the act can be in the previous year. The ICD10 codes that belong to murder and manslaughter are X85-Y09. Data available from: 1996 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including 2016 are final and the figures for 2017 are provisional. Changes as of September 6th 2018: Provisional figures for 2017 have been added. Since 2013 Statistics Netherlands is using IRIS for automatic coding for cause of death. This improved the international comparison of the data. The change in coding did cause a considerable shift in the statistic. Since 2013 the (yearly) ICD-10 updates are applied. For murder and manslaughter no changes in coding have taken place however. When will new figures be published: In the fourth quarter of 2018 provisional figures for 2017 will be made final.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of victims of suicide by marital status, method, motives, age and sex. They represent the number of suicide deaths in the resident population of the Netherlands. The figures in this table are equal to the suicide figures in the causes of death statistics, because they are based on the same files. The cause of death statistics do not contain information on motive of suicide. For the years 1950-1995, this information is obtained from a historical data file on suicides. For the years 1996-now motive is taken from the external cause of death (Niet-Natuurlijke dood) file. Before the 9th revision of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health, i.e. for the years 1950-1978, it was not possible to code "jumping in front of train/metro". For these years 1950-1978 "jumping in front of train/metro" has been left empty, these persons have been counted in the group "other method". Relative figures have been calculated per 100 000 of the corresponding population group. The figures are calculated based on the average population of the corresponding year. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including 2016 are final and the figures for 2017 are provisional. Changes as of September 6th 2018: Provisional figures for 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter of 2018 provisional figures for 2017 will be made final.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of deaths in the population of the Netherlands by underlying cause of death (short list), sex and age-group (at time of death). Since 2013 Statistics Netherlands is using IRIS for automatic coding for cause of death. This improved the international comparison of the data. The change in coding did cause a considerable shift in the statistic. Since 2013 the (yearly) ICD-10 updates are applied. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including 2016 are final and the figures for 2017 are provisional. Changes as of July 10th 2018: Provisional figures for 2017 have been added. Changes as of August 7th 2017: From the age categories 1 to 5 years and over, the figures for the average population for the statistical years 2015 and 2016 had been shifted. The figures from 1 to 5 years belonged to 5 to 10 years, the figures from 5 to 10 years belonged to 10 to 15 years and so on. This has now been corrected. The numbers per cause of death are correct and are therefore unchanged. Changes as of June 28th 2017: For 2015 the final population figures have been added, these were still provisional when the cause of death figures of 2015 were finalized. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter of 2018 provisional figures for 2017 will be made final.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the withdrawal of heat and cold. Heat is a form of energy. The use of shallow geothermal cold avoids the consumption of electricity for cooling. Figures have been broken down into deep geothermal heat and geothermal energy with or without heat pumps. Geothermal energy is a form of renewable energy. With deep geothermal heat, the pumped up water is sufficiently warm (approximately between 60 and 90 degrees Celsius) for direct consumption via a heat exchanger. The main application is the heating of greenhouses. With geothermal energy, the pumped water is usually not warm enough (about 10 degrees Celsius) for direct consumption. This is why heat pumps are often used to bring the temperature to a sufficiently high level. Geothermal energy can be used both for heating and cooling. The main use of geothermal energy is the heating and cooling of office buildings. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite up to and including 2016 and revised for 2017. Changes as of 29 June 2018: Revised figures for 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures of deep geothermal heat and shallow geothermal energy in the form of heat used through heat pumps for the previous year are published each year in June. Definite figures of all variables for the previous year appear each year in December.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes statistics about donorregistration of the Dutch population of 12 years and older that is registered in a Dutch municipality (including the population in institutions and homes). It contains figures on background characteristics including sex, age, origin and generation. Data available from: 2014 Status of the figures: Figures in this table are definite until 2017. Figures of 2018 are provisional. Changes at August 9th 2018: This is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures will be added around the 1st of August 2019. At that time, figures of 2018 will become definite.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes statistics about donorregistration of the Dutch population of 12 years and older that is registered in a Dutch municipality (including the population in institutions and homes). It contains figures on region: part of country, province, COROP-area (NUTS3-region) and municipality. Data available from: 2014 Status of the figures: Figures in this table are definite until 2017. Figures of 2018 are provisional. Changes at August 9th 2018: This is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures will be available around the 1st of August 2019. At that time, a new table will be published according to the revised classification of municipalities.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on stocks of dwellings and non-residential buildings and the changes therein, such as new construction and demolition. The data have been obtained from the Key Registration Addresses and Buildings (BAG). Non-residential buildings have been broken down according to their different utilisation functions. The data are further subdivided into parts of the country, provinces, COROP areas and municipalities. Changed figures in housing statistics: As from reference year 2012, the statistics on the dwelling stock are abstracted from the Key Register Addresses and Buildings (BAG). Recording went from survey-based to register-based. The Dutch municipalities provide the information to the BAG, which thus contains all addresses in the Netherlands. The Netherlands’ Cadastre, Land Registry and Mapping Agency (Kadaster) manages the register. Due to the new method for the registration of houses, the definition of a dwelling has changed. Not all definitions are the same as the old ones. New dwelling statistics as of 2012 cause a break in the series of dwelling stocks. Ultimately the municipalities have registered more objects with a ‘housing function’, and non-residential objects are added. In addition, the utilisation functions in the new register differ from the old one. When an stay object has another utilisation function besides a housing function, it will also be seen as a dwelling and thus as part of the dwelling stock. Stay objects without housing function are considered non-residential. Data available from: January 2012. Frequency: monthly Status of the figures: The figures from 2012 to 2017 are final. The figures from January to March 2018 are revised provisional. The figures as of April 2018 are provisional. Changed as of: 23 November 2018. Provisional figures of October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The new figures will be published approximately one month after the reporting month. The definitive 2018 figures will be published in May 2019.
  • E
    • Март 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the use of information and communication technology (ICT) by companies, specifically the extent to which they use external networks, incl. the internet, for e-commerce (purchasing and sales). The table shows the percentages of the total purchasing value and the total turnover realised via external networks. The figures refer to companies with 10 and more employed persons. The figures are broken down by sector of industry (SIC 2008) and size of company. Data available from: 2008. Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of 24-03-2011: Figures for 2009 are added. When will new figures be published? The 2010 table will be available in December 2011.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contents information of the Regional accounts. Regional accounts give a description of the economic process in the regions of a country in conformity with the national accounts. Elements in the economic process distinguished in national accounts are production, distribution of income, spending and financing. Regional accounts focus on the description of the production processes in the various regions. The new Standard industrial classification 2008 (SIC 2008) is used in the National and Regional Accounts of the Netherlands. This code is based on the European classification Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans la Communauté Européenne (NACE Rev. 2) which is used in all Member States of the European Union. Data available from: 1996 Status of the figures: The figures of the most recent reporting years 2016 and 2017 are provisional. The figures of the years 1996 - 2015 are final. The revision of the National accounts has been completed for the years before 2011. Now long distance time series for the period 1996-2017 are available. Changes as of November 15th, 2018: The underlying coding of classifications (Economic sectors (SIC2008) , Regions) used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New data will be published in November 2018.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table gives an overview of expenditure on regular education within the Netherlands. The government finances schools, colleges and universities. It pays for research which is done by universities on its behalf. Furthermore it provides student grants and loans, allowances for school costs, provisions for students with a disability and child care allowances as well as subsidies to companies and non-profit organisations. The government reclaims unjustified payments for student grants and loans and allowances for school costs. It also receives interest and repayments on student loans as well as EU subsidies for education. Parents and/or students have to pay tuition fees for schools, colleges and universities, parent contributions and contributions for school activities. They also have to purchase books and materials, pay for transport from home to school and back for students who are not eligible for subsidised transport, pay for private tutoring, pay interest and repayments on student loans, and repay wrongfully received student grants, loans and allowances for school costs. Parents and/or students receive child care allowances, provisions for students with a disability and an allowance for school costs as well as student grants and loans and scholarships of companies. Companies and non-profit organisations incur costs for supervising trainees and apprentices who combine learning with work experience. They also contribute to the cost of work related education of their employees and spend money on research that is outsourced to colleges for higher professional education and universities. Furthermore they contribute to the childcare allowances given to households and provide scholarships to students. Companies receive subsidies and tax benefits for the creation of apprenticeship places and trainee placements and for providing transport for pupils. Organisations abroad contract universities in the Netherlands to undertake research for them. The European Union provides funds and subsidies for education to schools, colleges and universities as well as to the Dutch government. Foreign governments contribute to international schools in the Netherlands that operate under their nationality. The table also contains various indicators used nationally and internationally to compare expenditure on education and place it in a broader context. The indicators are compounded on the basis of definitions of Statistics Netherlands and/or the OECD (Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development). All figures presented have been calculated according to the standardised definitions of the OECD. The statistic on Education spending is compiled on a cash basis. This means that the education expenditure and revenues are allocated to the year in which they are paid out or received. However, the activity or transaction associated with the payment or receipt can take place in a different year. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: Data recorded in the last available year are provisional figures. Changes as of 22 December 2017: The provisional figures for 2016 have been added, the figures for 2015 have been adjusted from provisional to definite. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for a year are published in November of the following year. These figures are provisional because some sources of data are not yet available or complete. The provisional figures are updated when more reliable sources are available. Definite figures are published exactly one year after the provisional ones.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the production of electricity in the Netherlands from the various possible energy commodities. Electricity is mainly produced from the transformation of fossil fuels, biomass and of nuclear energy and renewable energy. By energy commodity figures are given on the production of electricity and the released useful used heat, such as used for heating of buildings or greenhouses. Central and decentral production of electricity and heat is distinguished. The centrally coordinated production of electricity and heat is generated by plants that deliver to the national high voltage grid of electricity transmission operator TenneT. Decentrally produced electricity and heat is not produced centrally, such as by installations located in companies for which the production of electricity and heat is not the primary purpose. It also includes wind energy, solar energy and hydro power. Data available: From 1998 onwards Status of the figures: Figures up to and including 2015 are definite. Figures of 2016 are revised provisional. Figures of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 12 July 2018: Figures for the central en decentral 'Co-firing of biomass' and 'Other energy commodities' used to be not available for reporting years 2014-2016, because the number of companies with co-firing was small and it may have been possible to relate these data to individual companies. Recently, Statistics Netherlands received permissions from the involved companies to publish the data. Therefore, this table now includes data for the mentioned types of energy for cells which contained dots before. Changes as of 6 July 2018: Provisional figures of 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Revised provisional figures 2017: December 2018. Revised figures 1998-2015: 2019.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the supply and the consumption of electricity in a balance sheet. Supply is calculated as the production plus imports minus exports. This calculation of the supply results in the amount of electricity consumed in the period concerned. This consumption is broken down into how the electricity is delivered via the national grid or via industrial grids and into consumption by the power plants which produce the electricity. Figures on distribution losses are published as extra information. The distribution losses are already included in the published consumption of the grids. Data available: From 1919 annually and from 1976 annually, quarterly and monthly. Status of the figures: All figures up to 2015 are definite. Figures of 2016 are revised provisional. Figures from January 2017 are provisional. Changers as of June 11th 2018 Provisional figures of January, February and March 2018 have been added. Provisional figures of 2017 have been adjusted. Changes as of April 26th, 2018 Provisional figures of December 2017 have been added. Based on historical sources figures of 1919 (central electricity production) and 1929-1949 (imports/exports of electricity) have been added. On 1 May 2014 for period up to 1995 annual figures of the supply of electricity have been corrected without adjustment of the monthly and quarterly figures. Therefor, monthly and quarterly figures does not always count to annual figures. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: in the third month after the month under review. Revised provisional figures : not later than in the following December. Definite figures: not later than in December of the second following year.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the production of electricity, the input of fuels, and the use of installations, in the Netherlands. Electricity is obtained by the transformation of fuels such as natural gas, hard coal and fuel oil; solar and wind energy; and the use of hydro power. The figures are on the production of electricity, the heat released, fuel input, renewable energy commodities and installed capacity, broken down by Combined Heat and Power (CHP) installations and other installations. Finally, a distinction is made between central and decentral production of electricity and heat, where decentral production is broken down by sector. Data available: 1998-2016 Status of the figures: Figures 1998-2014 are definite. The 2015 and 2016 figures are provisional. Changes as of 12 June 2018 The underlying codes of the classifications used in this table have been adjusted. These are now in line with the standard codes set by Statistics Netherlands. The structure and data of the table are not adjusted. Changes as of 29 December 2017 Provisional figures of 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? Revised figures 1998-2015: 2019. Provisional figures of 2017: December 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the emissions in the Netherlands by stationary and mobile sources, calculated according to the NEC-directive (NEC = national emission ceilings). This directive has been drawn up in 2001 by the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union to set upper limits for the total emissions of SO2, NOx, NH3 and non-methane VOCs by each member state. The calculation of emissions by stationary sources is, among other data sources, based on specifications in the annual emission reports of separate enterprises and additional estimates based on production and energy data provided by Statistics Netherlands. According to the activity classification (SIC 2008) the coke factory of Tata Steel belongs to the energy sector. In this table it’s emissions are assigned to the category manufacture of iron and steel. Emissions by mobile sources are calculated by multiplying data on activities, for instance fuel consumption, by emission factors.According to the NEC directive the emissions by seagoing shipping, the NOx emissions due to the use of manure and fertilizer, and a few minor NMVOC sources in agriculture are excluded. The emissions by road traffic and fisheries are based on the amount of motor fuels sold. Data available from: 1990 Changes as of 10 September 2018: Addition of 2017 provisional figures. Changes as of 9 March 2018: Stationary Sources: - The number of emission sources in agriculture which are excluded according to the NEC-directives has been expanded. Among others it concerns NOx from manure in stables and NMVOC from plants. - The latest insights related to the use of diesel oil in the sectors Services and Construction have been applied in the time series (1990-2016). - The CBS survey on renewable energy has been revised; the results have been used in the emission calculations. Mobile sources: - The NEC emissions by fishing boats are calculated on the basis of fuel sold to fisheries (diesel fuel and heavy fuel oil) instead of using the figures for emissions on Dutch territory. The entire time series has been recalculated. - There are various minor changes in the data on the fuel consumption, among others due to revised energy statistics and adjustments in the TNO calculation model for non-road mobile machinery. When will new figures be published? Definitive figures of 2017 are published in April 2019. The 2018 provisional figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the total Dutch emissions of the greenhouse gases CO2, N2O and CH4 by both stationary and mobile sources. It offers an insight in the emissions as reported within the framework of reporting commitments for the United Nations Climate Treaty (UNFCCC) and the European Union Monitoring Mechanism for Greenhouse gases. The emissions haven been calculated according to the IPCC-guidelines. The IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) takes care of the supervision of the implementation of the Kyoto-protocol. The CO2 figures include the emissions caused by the use of. This source accounts for about 0.1 billion kilograms. According to the activity classification (SIC 2008) the coke factory of Tata Steel belongs to the energy sector. In this table it’s emissions are assigned to the category manufacture of iron and steel. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: In order to obtain a consistent time series the complete data set is (re)calculated when necessary, so as to be able to include the latest insights in the survey, especially in the case of emission factors. Changes as of 10 September 2018: Addition of 2017 provisional figures. Changes as of 9 March 2018: Stationary Sources: - The latest insights related to the use of diesel oil in the sectors Services and Construction have been applied in the time series (1990-2016). - The CBS survey on renewable energy has been revised; the results have been used in the emission calculations. Mobile sources: - Until now CBS applied fixed heating values valid for the entire time series of petrol and diesel fuel for the Dutch market. These values were introduced before 1975. Measurements by TNO in 2016 and RIVM in 2004 showed that these heating values, and also the carbon contents, have changed considerably during the past decades. This made it necessary to adjust the values used in the Dutch CO2 emission calculations. This has led to a new time series 1990-2016 of heating values, CO2 emission factors, and CO2 emissions for petrol and diesel (see paragraph 4). - The emissions from mobile machinery have been recalculated for the entire time series. This is due to revised CBS data on the use of gas oil and adjustments to the TNO emission model. - The CO2 emission figures now include the indirect CO2 emission caused by VOC emissions by transport. When will new figures be published? Definitive figures of 2017 are published in April 2019. The 2018 provisional figures will be published in September 2019.  
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the air emission accounts, as a part of the annual environmental accounts compiled by Statistics Netherlands. The air emission accounts describe the emissions of air pollutants and gases as a result of Dutch economic activities. This is including the emissions of residents abroad and excluding emissions of non-residents in the Netherlands. The emissions of the substances are allocated to the various economic activities. Emissions from natural sources are excluded as these emissions are not related to economic activities. In this table, the emission of pollutants and gases from stationary sources (such as power plants) as well as mobile sources (such as road transport) are allocated to the different industries or households. Included are CO (carbon monoxide); CO2 (carbon dioxide); CH4 (methane); N2O (nitrous oxide also known as laughing gas); NOx (nitrogen oxides (diversity)); SO2 (sulphur dioxide); NH3 (ammonia); PM10 (particulate matter with a diameter less than 10 micrometres); NMVOC (volatile organic compounds excluding methane (CH4)). The environmental accounts are compiled according to the concepts (such as the resident principle) and definitions of the national accounts, making it possible to quantify the environmental effects of the economic activities for the Netherlands in a consistent manner. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: Figures for the latest year are provisional. In order to obtain a consistent time series, the complete data set is (re)calculated every year. The air emission accounts data are consistent in time and in compliance with the Dutch national accounts. The alignment between the environmental accounts and the national accounts however, takes place using a wide variety of sources. This means that, although every year the system required to perform the various calculations are similar and consistent, variation can occur due to changes in particular sources. As a result changes in emission factors from the emission inventory (pollutant release and transfer register, PRTR) and changing traffic and transport statistics affect the full time series of the air emission accounts. In order to obtain consistent time series, every year the entire time series are (re)calculated, enabling that latest insights in the data are captured. Changes as of 9 November 2018: Data for 2017 have been added. Data for previous years are adjusted according to the revision policy (see: Status of the figures). When will new figures be published? New annual figures will be published in November.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the emissions in the Netherlands by mobile sources. These are actual emissions in or above the Netherlands and on the continental shelf (see paragraph 2). It also contains the emission factors derived from these emissions (in grams of emission per kilogram of consumed fuel). Mobile source emissions are caused by the combustion of motor fuels, the evaporation of fuel and load residues (VOC), wear of tyres, brake linings and road surfaces (PM10), and the wear of railway overhead contact lines, including emissions caused by friction and spark erosion of the current collectors. The emissions are calculated by multiplying data on activities, for instance vehicle kilometres and fuel consumption, by emission factors. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: In order to obtain a consistent time series the complete data set is (re)calculated when necessary, so as to be able to include the latest insights in the survey, especially in the case of emission factors. Changes as of 10 September 2018: Addition of 2017 provisional figures. Changes as of 9 March 2018: - The calculation method for emissions by fisheries has changed. The emission time series (1990-2016) has been recalculated. It is now based on ship movements registered by AIS transponders. The method is the same as the method used in the calculation of emission by seagoing vessels, and is carried out by TNO. - There are minor changes in the emissions of road traffic due to a small number of revised emission factors by TNO. - The road traffic performance of recent years, 2015 in particular, has been corrected slightly for the most recent National Car Passport data. It is obvious that this has some consequences for the emission figures of the years concerned. When will new figures be published? Definitive figures of 2017 are published in April 2019. The 2018 provisional figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the actual emissions into the atmosphere in the Netherlands by road traffic, including emissions by foreign vehicles. It also presents the average emissions per vehicle-kilometre, the so-called fleet emission factors, are given, expressed in grams per vehicle kilometre. It covers emissions from the combustion of motor fuels and emissions caused by evaporation of fuel from the vehicle's fuel system. The emissions are calculated by multiplying data on activities, for instance vehicle kilometres and fuel consumption, by emission factors. Data available from: 1980. Status of the figures: In order to obtain a consistent time series the complete data set is (re)calculated when necessary, so as to be able to include the latest insights in the survey, especially in the case of emission factors. Changes as of 10 September 2018: Addition of 2017 provisional figures. Changes as of 9 March 2018: - There are minor changes in the emissions of road traffic due to a small number of revised emission factors by TNO. - The road traffic performance of recent years, 2015 in particular, has been corrected slightly for the most recent National Car Passport data. It is obvious that this has some consequences for the emission figures of the years concerned. When will new figures be published? Definitive figures of 2017 are published in April 2019. The 2018 provisional figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the emissions in the Netherlands by stationary sources. These are actual emissions in or above Dutch territory. The calculation of emissions by stationary sources is among other data sources based on specifications in the annual emission reports of separate enterprises and additional estimates based on production and energy data provided by Statistics Netherlands. According to the activity classification (SIC 2008) the coke factory of Tata Steel belongs to the energy sector. In this table it’s emissions are assigned to the category manufacture of iron and steel. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: In order to obtain a consistent time series the complete data set is (re)calculated when necessary, so as to be able to include the latest insights in the survey, especially in the case of emission factors. Changes as of 10 September 2018: Addition of 2017 provisional figures. Changes as of 9 March 2018: - The latest insights related to the use of diesel oil in the sectors Services and Construction have been applied in the time series (1990-2016). - The CBS survey on renewable energy has been revised; the results have been used in the emission calculations. When will new figures be published? Definitive figures of 2017 are published in April 2019. The 2018 provisional figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the emissions in the Netherlands by stationary and mobile sources. These are actual emissions in or above the Netherlands and its continental shelf (see paragraph 2). The calculation of emissions by stationary sources is among other data sources based on specifications in the annual emission reports of separate enterprises and additional estimates based on production and energy data provided by Statistics Netherlands. According to the activity classification (SIC 2008) the coke factory of Tata Steel belongs to the energy sector. In this table it’s emissions are assigned to the category manufacture of iron and steel. Emissions by mobile sources are calculated by multiplying data on activities, for instance vehicle kilometres and fuel consumption, by emission factors. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: In order to obtain a consistent time series the complete data set is (re)calculated when necessary, so as to be able to include the latest insights in the survey, especially in the case of emission factors. Changes as of 10 September 2018: Addition of 2017 provisional figures. Changes as of 9 March 2018: Stationary Sources: - The latest insights related to the use of diesel oil in the sectors Services and Construction have been applied in the time series (1990-2016). - The CBS survey on renewable energy has been revised; the results have been used in the emission calculations. Mobile sources: - The calculation method for emissions by fisheries has changed. The emission time series (1990-2016) has been recalculated. It is now based on ship movements registered by AIS transponders. The method is the same as the method used in the calculation of emission by seagoing vessels, and is carried out by TNO. - There are minor changes in the emissions of road traffic due to a small number of revised emission factors by TNO. - The road traffic performance of recent years, 2015 in particular, has been corrected slightly for the most recent National Car Passport data. It is obvious that this has some consequences for the emission figures of the years concerned. When will new figures be published? Definitive figures of 2017 are published in April 2019. The 2018 provisional figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data about the employment of employees and self-employed persons. It contains annual and quarterly data on employed persons, jobs, and hours worked. The seasonal adjusted time series are also available in this table. Data available from: 1995 first quarter Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016 and further are provisional. Changes as of November 14th 2018: Figures of the first estimate of the third quarter 2018 have been added to the table. When will new figures be published? The preliminary estimate (flash estime) of a quarter is released within 45 days. The second estimate is published after 85 days. At the second estimate of the fourth quarter, data of the previous three quarters will also be revised.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides annual data about the employment of employees and self-employed persons. It contains annual data on employed persons, jobs, full-time equivalent (fte) and hours worked. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016 and further are provisional. Changes as of July 13th 2018: The self-employed persons (employed persons, jobs, full-time equivalent and hours worked) as published in june were not correct. In this version the figures are improved. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 30 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is classified according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) and can be broken down into: - employee characteristics (age and sex) - job characteristics (type of employment contract and working hours) - company characteristics (size of the firm and collective wage agreements) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data about the employment of employees and self-employed persons. It contains annual and quarterly data by sex on employed persons, jobs, and hours worked. The seasonal adjusted time series are also available in this table. Data available from: 2010 first quarter Status of the figures: Data from 2010 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016 and further are provisional. Changes as of November 14th 2018: Figures of the first estimate of the third quarter 2018 have been added to the table. When will new figures be published? The preliminary estimate (flash estime) of a quarter is released within 45 days. The second estimate is published after 85 days. At the second estimate of the fourth quarter, data of the previous three quarters will also be revised.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is classified according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) and can be broken down into: - employee characteristics (age and sex) - job characteristics (type of employment contract and working hours) - company characteristics (size of the firm and collective wage agreements) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. Changes as of 28 September 2018: The underlying coding of the classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is classified according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) and can be broken down into: - employee characteristics (age and sex) - job characteristics (type of employment contract and working hours) - company characteristics (size of the firm and collective wage agreements) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is classified according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) and can be broken down into: - employee characteristics (age and sex) - job characteristics (type of employment contract, working hours company car: yes or no, and overtime: yes or no) - company characteristics (size of the firm and collective wage agreements) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. Changes as of 21 June 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is broken down into - employee characteristics (sex) - job characteristics (type of employment contract, working hours, car of the company: yes or no and overtime: yes or no) - classification according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: Figures are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is broken down by sex of the employee, type of employment contract, size of enterprise and classification according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: These Figures are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises yearly figures on the main aspects of employment, wages and working hours in the Netherlands. The information in this table is classified according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 2008) and can be broken down into: - employee characteristics (age and sex) - job characteristics (type of employment contract and working hours) - company characteristics (size of the firm and collective wage agreements) Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 12 October 2018: The new figures for 2017 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures for 2018 will be published in October 2019.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table gives information on debt restructuring plans ended by Dutch courts. The ended debt restructuring plans are organised by way of ending, type of person and by region. Data available from: 1999. Status of the figures: The data of the ended debt restructuring plans can be adjusted constantly. Changes as of 30 March 2018: Figures all quarters of 2017 and the annual figures of 2017 are available. When will new figures be published? Due to partial loss of funding, this table will not be updated every quarter. More information can be found in paragraph 3. This table will stop in 2019 en replaced by a new table with only annual figures. This will appear annually at the beginning of the second quarter.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the supply and consumption of energy broken down by sector and by energy commodity. The energy supply is equal to the indigenous production of energy plus the receipts minus the deliveries of energy plus the stock changes. Consumption of energy is equal to the sum of own use in the energy sector, distribution losses, final energy consumption, non-energy use and the total net energy transformation. For each sector, the supply of energy is equal to the consumption of energy. For some energy commodities, the total of the observed domestic deliveries is not exactly equal to the sum of the observed domestic receipts. For these energy commodities, a statistical difference arises that can not be attributed to a sector. The breakdown into sectors follows mainly the classification as is customary in international energy statistics. This classification is based on functions of various sectors in the energy system and for several break downs on the international Standard Industrial Classification. There are two main sectors: the energy sector (companies with main activity indigenous production or transformation of energy) and energy consumers (other companies, vehicles and dwellings). In accordance with international conventions, own use of energy companies only occurs within the energy sector and final energy consumption only for energy consumers. In addition to a breakdown by sector, there is also a breakdown by energy commodity, such as coal, various petroleum products, natural gas, renewable energy, electricity and heat. The definitions used in this table are exactly in line with the definitions in the Energy Balance table; supply, transformation and consumption. That table does not contain a breakdown by sector (excluding final energy consumption), but it does provide information about imports, exports and bunkering and also provides more detail about the energy commodities. Data available: From: 1990. Status of the figures: Figures up to 2015 are definite. Figures of 2016 and 2017 are revised provisional. Changes as of 29 June 2018: Revised provisional figures of 2017 have been added. Changes as of 25 April 2018: Figures on the receipts of electricity and natural gas for 1990 to 2009 in the sub-sectors of the services have been corrected. Previously there were numbers, now there are dots (not available). For the years in question, the data is only available to a limited number of companies at this level of detail and therefore can not be published. Changes as of 16 April 2018: The sequence of the renewable energy commodities has been made the same as the sequence in the renewable energy statistics. Changes as of 11 April 2018: - The years 1990 up to and including 2009 have been added. - The use of the symbols '.' and 'Empty cell' for period 2010 up to and including 2016 have been adjusted in G-S, U Services and 20-21 20-21 Chemistry and pharmaceuticals. When will new figures be published? Revised provisional figures: June/July and December of the following year. Definite figures: December of the second following year.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the supply, transformation and the consumption of energy in a balance sheet. Energy is released - among other things - during the combustion of for example natural gas, petroleum, hard coal and biofuels. Energy can also be obtained from electricity or heat, or extracted from natural resources, e.g. wind or solar energy. In energy statistics all these sources of energy are known as energy commodities. The supply side of the balance sheet includes indigenous production of energy, net imports and exports and net stock changes. This is mentioned primary energy supply, because this is the amount of energy available for transformation or consumption in the country. For energy transformation, the table gives figures on the transformation input (amount of energy used to make other energy commodities), the transformation output (amount of energy made from other energy commodities) and net energy transformation. The latter is the amount of energy lost during the transformation of energy commodities. Then the energy balance sheet shows the final consumption of energy. First, it refers to the own use of the energy sector and distribution losses. After deduction of these amounts remains the final consumption of energy customers. This comprises the final energy consumption and non-energy use. The final energy consumption is the energy consumers utilize for energy purposes. It is specified for successively industry, transport and other customers, broken down into various sub-sectors. The last form of energy is the non-energy use. This is the use of an energy commodity for a product that is not energy. Data available: From 1946. Status of the figures: All figures up to 2015 are definite. Figures of 2016 and 2017 are revised provisional. Changes as of 2 July 2018: - Symbol of final energy consumption of electricity for other sectors non specified for period 1946 up to and including 1989 have been changed, a '.' is replaced with an 'empty cell' which means in this table nill. - Final energy consumption of natural gas, electricity and heat of Maufacture of Textile and leather for reporting year 2015 have been added. Changes as of 29 June 2018: Revised provisional figures of 2017 have been added. Changes as of 14 June 2018: - For period 1946 up to and including 2017 energy commodities anthracite, coke coal, steam coal, patent fuel and gas works gas have been added. - Based on historical sources and the electricity balance sheet figures of supply side of electricity for period 1946 up to and including 1989 have been revised and/or added. Changes as of 23 March 2018: - Figures for 2015 and 2016 have been adjusted - The use of the symbols '.' and 'Empty cell' for period 1946 up to and including 1989 have been adjusted. - Final energy consumption of electricity for rail transportation have been added for 1975 up to and including 1989. - The topic 'Statistical differences' have been moved according to European definitions. - Figures for 1990 up to and including 2014 have been revised. See section 4 for more information. Changes as of 27 December 2017: Figures for 2015 and 2016 have been adjusted Figures for 1990 up to and including 2014 have been revised. See section 4 for more information. The subject net imports has been added. Figures for 1946 up to and including 1989 have been added. When will new figures be published? Revised provisional figures: June/July of the following year. Definite figures: December of the second following year.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows regional figures on the average consumption of energy (natural gas and electricity) of private dwellings broken down by type of dwelling and ownership for Nederland, group of provinces, provinces and municipalities. Besides, for total dwellings only, the share of heat distribution (district heating) has been added, because this is relevant for the interpretation of the height of the average consumption of natural gas. Data available from: 2010 Status of the figures: All figures from 2010 - 2016 are definite. Figures of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 5 September 2018: Provisional figures of 2017 has been added. Group of provinces West-Nederland, G4 excluded; Extra-Regio and Abroad have been removed. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: 4th quarter of the succeeding year. Definite figures: 4th quarter of the second succeeding year.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the consumption and producer prices of energy. Energy consumption figures for total energy commodities, natural gas, crude oil, hard coal and other energy commodities are primary consumption. Figures for electricity are final consumption. The figures for producer prices refer to energy available for domestic consumption. This is the price of producers or importers for the delivery of the energy product. Data available: From January 1995, monthly. Status of the figures Energy consumption: All figures from 1995 up to 2014 are definite. Figures of 2015 up to 2016 are revised provisional and figures of 2017 are provisional. Producer price: All figures from 1995 up to July 2017 are definite. Figures from August 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 4 June 2018: Provisional figures up to and including December 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional monthly figures to be published not later then the fourth month after the period under review. The producer price become definite not later then six months after the period under review. All figures for a certain year become definite not later than in the following December.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table gives an overview of the number of enterprises in The Netherlands that conducted technological innovation projects, or have conducted these with or without success. These enterprises are called innovators. Innovators with realised innovations are divided into enterprises realising product innovations and enterprises realising process innovations. The table also includes data on innovators which co-operate with other partners in technological innovation projects. The table only consists of figures on technological innovations, not on non-technological innovations (e.g. organisational innovation and marketing innovation). The data are the results of the two-yearly community innovation survey. Each survey reports on three years, for example 2010 up to and including 2012 (this is the reference period). The last year in a survey is the same as the first year in the subsequent survey. That means the periods partially overlap. Data available from: 1994. Status of the figures: All figures up to 2012-2014 are final and the figures of 2014-2016 are revised provisional. Changes as of August 22 2018: The provisional results of the innovation survey 2014-2016 have been adjusted and are revised provisional. When will new figures be published? The final results of the innovation survey 2014-2016 will be published at the end of 2018.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows key figures on the environmental investments and the financial burden on enterprises (with 10 or more employees) in the economic sectors mining and quarrying, industry and energy and water production. The term 'environment' is defined as everything outside the company's premises, including soil in that area. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: Data for 2012-2016 are definite, the 2017 data are provisional. Following publication of definite results, the figures are only reviewed if significant adjustments are necessary. Changes as of 24 August 2018: Definite data are available for 2016, and provisional data for 2017 has been added. When will new figures be published? In the third quarter of 2019 the definite results for 2017 and the provisional results for 2018 will be available.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows key figures on the financial burden on industry caused by measures to protect the environment. Key figures for 'Environment costs of industry' are available for 1985 and (annually) from 1990 up to and including 2012*. Status of the figures: Definite data are available for 1985-2011, and provisional data for 2012. As this table is stopped, data will not be made definite anymore. Changes as of 5 December 2014: This table is stopped. When will new figures be published? Not relevant anymore, this table will be followed up by ‘Environment costs industry; key figures’. See paragraph 3.
    • Декабрь 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about the origin and destination of emissions to water of nutrients and heavy metals. These data are part of the environmental accounts. The origin of the emissions to water can be divided into the Dutch economy (disaggregated by private households and industries) and the rest of the world. The destination can be divided into absorption by producers, drain off emissions to the rest of the world and contribution to the environmental problem. The figures in this table can be compared in a consistent way to macro-economic indicators. Furthermore, water emission accounts indicators can be derived for the emissions of heavy metals into water and the eutrophication of surface waters. These indicators can be used for supporting water policy. Data available from:1995 Status of the figures: To obtain coherent and consistent time series, the complete time series are (re)calculated. The latest insights, particularly with regard to the emission factors are included in the calculations. Changes as of December 7, 2016 Figures for 1995, 2000, 2005 and 2010 have been adjusted to the new figures of the Emission Registration. The provisional figures for 2013 and 2014 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published biannually in October, simultaneously with the appearance of the publication of the environmental accounts. The first update will take place in October 2016.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The energy accounts show how much energy flows into the Dutch economy (imports and domestic production) and how much is used by the Dutch economy (domestic use and exports). It also presents the energy that flows within the economy. The energy accounts distinguishes between energy products and users/producers of energy. They can be used to investigate where the economy gets its energy from and what it uses it for, which sector uses the most, how important imports are, and how efficiently the economy uses its energy. The energy accounts differentiates between gross and net use of energy. Net energy is further disaggregated into different types of energy use. Gross energy use is further disaggregated into energy that is extracted from the domestic environment and energy that is imported from third parties. Imported energy is further disaggregated into different groups of energy carriers. The table presents the consumption of different energy carriers and allocates them to various industries and households. The energy accounts originate from the energy balance and are part of the environmental accounts that are published on an annual base. The data in the environmental accounts correspond directly to the economic data in the national accounts. This allows for direct comparisons of economic statistics that are derived from the Dutch national economic accounts with the energy consumption figures. Furthermore, the energy accounts can be used to construct environmental indicators. For example, the energy accounts can be used to determine the use of different energy carriers in the Netherlands as a whole and for individual industries . The figures in the Dutch energy accounts are consistent with the concepts and definitions of the national accounts and may therefore deviate from figures in the Dutch energy balance. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are for the last year provisional. The figures for the other years are final. To obtain a coherent and consistent time series, the complete time series are (re)calculated, such that the most recent information, in particular with respect to energy consumption, is included in the calculations. Changes as of september 29, 2014 The provisional figures for 2013 have been added. When are new figures published? New figures will be published by November, together with the appearance of the publication 'Environmental Accounts of the Netherlands'.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents economic data for the environmental goods and services sector by activity. It contains data on labour volume, output, gross value added and export of the environmental goods and services sector. Output, gross value added and export are measured in basic prices and labour volume is measured in full time equivalents (fte). The environmental activities are assigned to an environmental domain (environmental protection and/or management of natural resources). The economic data are presented in the following quantities: -Labour volume, 1000 fte -Output at basic prices, mln Euro -Gross value added at basic prices, mln Euro -Export at basic prices, mln Euro The environmental goods and services sector consists of companies and institutions that are involved in activities with respect to measuring, preventing, limiting, minimalizing or correcting environmental damage to water, air and soil as well as problems related to waste, noise and ecosystems (OECD, 1999; Eurostat 2009). This definition includes 'cleaner technologies 'and 'cleaner goods and services' which reduce environmental risk and minimize the use of natural resources and pollution. The definition of the environmental goods and services sector is determined on European level and it is used by EU-countries accordingly. The environmental goods and services sector is part of de Dutch system of environmental accounts, which brings together economic and environmental information in a common framework. The Dutch environmental accounts are compiled following the general concepts, definitions and classifications as described in SEEA 2012 and the 2008 SNA. As it is in line with de definitions and classifications of the national accounts system, there exists a small difference between environmental accounts and environmental statistics. More information on the methodology can be found elsewhere on the website of CBS. Data available from: 2001 Status of the figures: Provisional figures. Changes as of 16 November 2018: Year 2016 has been added. The figures about earlier years have been adjusted following a change in the business population belonging to the environmental goods and services sector. Environmental activities 'Second-hand stores (no antiques)' and 'Wholesale of waste and scrap' are outside of the scope for the environmental goods and services sector and are deleted. Changes as of 5 October 2017: Provisional figures for 2015 have been added. The time series has been updated according to the most recent estimates. A new variable, Export basic prices, has been added. The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. Changes as of 25 August 2016: Year 2014 has been added. The figures about earlier years have been adjusted following a change in the business population belonging to the environmental goods and services sector. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures are published annually in August/September.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents economic data for the environmental goods and services sector by industry. It contains data on labour volume, output and gross value added of the environmental goods and services sector. Output and gross value added are measured in basic prices and labour volume is measured in full time equivalents (fte). The environmental activities can be subdivided to industries and assigned to an environmental domain; environmental protection and/or management of natural resources. In this table only those business that execute environmental activities as primary or secondary activities are classified to economic industry. The economic data are presented in the following quantities: -Labour volume, 1000 fte -Output at basic prices, mln Euro -Gross value added at basic prices, mln Euro -Export at basic prices, mln Euro The environmental goods and services sector consists of companies and institutions that are involved in activities with respect to measuring, preventing, limiting, minimalizing or correcting environmental damage to water, air and soil as well as problems related to waste, noise and ecosystems (OECD, 1999; Eurostat 2009). This definition includes 'cleaner technologies 'and 'cleaner goods and services' which reduce environmental risk and minimize the use of natural resources and pollution. The definition of the environmental goods and services sector is determined on European level and it is used by EU-countries accordingly. The environmental goods and services sector is part of de Dutch system of environmental account, which brings together economic and environmental information in a common framework. The Dutch environmental accounts are compiled following the general concepts, definitions and classifications as described in SEEA 2012 and the 2008 SNA. As it is in line with de definitions and classifications of the national accounts system, there exists a small difference between environmental accounts and environmental statistics. More information on the methodology can be found elsewhere on the website of CBS. Data available from: 2001 Status of the figures: Provisional figures. Changes as of 16 November 2018: Year 2014 has been added. Figures about earlier years have been adjusted following a change in the business population belonging to the environmental goods and services sector. Changes as of 5 October 2017: Provisional figures for 2015 have been added. The time series has been updated according to the most recent estimates. A new variable, Export basic prices, has been added. Changes as of 25 August 2016: Year 2014 has been added. Figures about earlier years have been adjusted following a change in the business population belonging to the environmental goods and services sector. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures are published annually in August/September.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the revenues of the environmental taxes and fees. The government charges several taxes and fees to support and finance environmental policy. The revenues of environmental taxes and fees can be attributed by taxpayer, distinguishing private households, industries and non-residents. The above mentioned revenues of environmental taxes and fees are presented in the following variables: -value in current prices, million euros. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: Figures for the latest year are provisional. In order to obtain a consistent time series, the complete data set is (re)calculated every year. Therevenues of environmental taxes and fees data are consistent in time and in compliance with the Dutch national accounts. The alignment between the environmental accounts and the national accounts however, takes place using a wide variety of sources. This means that, although every year the system required to perform the various calculations are similar and consistent, variation can occur due to changes in particular sources and affect the full time series of the air emission accounts. In order to obtain consistent time series, every year the entire time series are (re)calculated, enabling that latest insights in the data are captured. Changes as of 23 November 2018: Data for 2017 have been added. Data for previous years are adjusted according to the revision policy (see: Status of the figures). When will new figures be published? New figures are published annually in November.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the average purchase price that has been paid in the reporting period for existing own homes purchased by a private individual. The average purchase price of existing own homes may differ from the price index of existing own homes. The average purchase price is no indicator for price developments of owner-occupied residential property. The average purchase price reflects the average price of dwellings sold in a particular period. The fact that de dwellings sold differs from one period to another is not taken into account. The following instance explains which problems are entailed by the continually changing of the quality of the dwellings sold. Suppose in February of a particular year mainly big houses with extensive gardens beautifully situated alongside canals are sold, whereas in March many small terraced houses are sold. In that case the average purchase price in February will be higher than in March but this does not mean that house prices are increased. See note 3 for a link to the article 'Why the average purchase price is not an indicator'. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of 9 February 2018: The figures of 2017 are added to the table. When will new figures be published? New figures are published about 21 days after the period under review.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The figures of existing own homes are related to the stock of existing own homes. Besides the price indices, figures are also published about the numbers sold, the average purchase price, and the total sum of the purchase prices of the sold dwellings. The House Price Index of existing own homes is based on a complete registration of sales of dwellings by the Dutch Land Registry Office (Kadaster) and the (WOZ) value of all dwellings in the Netherlands. Indices may fluctuate, for example if a small number of dwellings are sold in a certain region. In such cases we recommended using the long-term figures. The average purchase price of existing own homes may differ from the price index of existing own homes. The change in the average purchase price, however, is not an indicator for price developments of existing own homes. Data available from: 1st quarter 1995 Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of 22 October 2018: Figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published about 21 days after the period under review.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The figures of existing own homes are related to the stock of existing own homes. Besides the price indices, figures are also published about the numbers sold, the average purchase price, and the total sum of the purchase prices of the sold dwellings. The House Price Index of existing own homes is based on a complete registration of sales of dwellings by the Dutch Land Registry Office (Kadaster) and the (WOZ) value of all dwellings in the Netherlands. Indices may fluctuate, for example if a small number of a certain type of dwellings are sold. In such cases we recommended using the long-term figures. The average purchase price of existing own homes may differ from the price index of existing own homes. The change in the average purchase price, however, is not an indicator for price developments of existing own homes. Data available from: 1st quarter 1995 Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of 22 October 2018: Figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published about 21 days after the period under review.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the price development of existing own homes. Aside from the price indices, Statistics Netherlands also publishes figures on the number of sold dwellings, the average purchase price, and the total sum of the purchase prices of the sold dwellings. The House Price Index of existing own homes is based on a complete registration of sales of dwellings by the Dutch Land Registry Office (Kadaster) and the (WOZ) value of all dwellings in the Netherlands. Indices can fluctuate, for example when a limited number of dwellings of a certain type is sold. In such cases we recommend using the long-term figures. The average purchase price of existing own homes may differ from the price index of existing own homes. The change in the average purchase price, however, is not an indicator for price developments of existing own homes. Data available from: January 1995 Status of the figures: The figures are definitive. Changes as of 22 October 2018: Figures of September and the 3rd quarter have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published at around 21 days following the reporting month.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents data of exports of goods and services by origin from the National Accounts. The table contains data of exported products by economic activities. It also shows data of exports that can not be imputed to economic activities. Data available from: 2015. Status of the figures: Data of 2015 and 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Exports of goods and services by origin; NA, 1995-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about materials that enter or leave the Dutch economy through import, export and extraction. A distinction is made between raw products (resources), semi-manufactured products and finished products. Country or region of origin and destination is also included. Materials are recorded in kilos (physically). More figures on economy wide material flows can be found in table 'Extraction, import and export of materials by type; national accounts'. See section 3. This table is part of the environmental accounts. Data of the environmental accounts are compiled according to concepts and definitions of the national accounts, which makes it possible to quantify the environmental effects of the economic activities for the Netherlands in a consistent manner. As a result, the figures may differ from data presented elsewhere on the website. Data available from: 2004 Status of the figures: Provisional figures. Changes as of 8 December 2017: Provisional figures for 2016 have been added. Figures for total (world) import and exports have been specified by type of material and stage of production. Figures on extraction and trade are improved based on newly available data. Allocation of products to raw materials, semi-finished and finished products for imports and exports have been adjusted according to Eurostat guidelines. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures are published annually, usually in November.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about materials that enter or leave the Dutch economy through import, export and extraction. Materials include raw products (resources), semi-finished products and finished products. The import and export of materials is recorded both in kilos (physically) and in euros (monetary). The currently presented tables can be referred to as the material flow accounts. This table is part of the environmental accounts. Data in the environmental accounts are compiled according the concepts and definitions of the national accounts, which makes it possible to quantify the environmental effects of the economic activities for the Netherlands in a consistent manner. As a result, the figures may differ from data presented elsewhere on the website. Data available from: 1996 Status of the figures: Provisional figures. Changes as of 8 December 2017: The provisional figures for 2016 have been added. Figures on extraction and trade are improved based on newly available data. Changes as of 27 December 2016: The provisional figures for 2015 have been added. Changes as of 3 February 2016: New information about the extraction of limestone and gypsum has become available. Figures have been updated, including the corresponding totals. Changes as of December 8, 2015: This is a new table. Figures have been recalculated according to a new method. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures are published annually, usually in November.
  • F
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents financial transactions, other changes in assets and financial balance sheets of the sectors of the Dutch economy. It enables insight in many financial aspects in the Netherlands. Such as the magnitude of the debt of the government, the mortgage debt of households, the assets of investment funds in shares, the loans lent by financial corporations. Sectors are presented both consolidated and non-consolidated in this table. Data available from: Annual figures from 1995. Quarterly figures from first quarter 1999. Status of the figures: The figures from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of September 21st 2018: Data of the second quarter 2018 have been added to this table. Adjustments as of July 26th 2018: The general government debt and the short-term loans taken out by the government in this table differ from the government finance statistics which are also published by Statistics Netherlands separately. This is due to an adjustment in the government finance statistics’ figures after closing the quarterly estimates. The transactions in short-term loans taken out by the government in the first quarter of 2018 are EUR 1.8 billion higher in government finance statistics publications, which also means that general government debt is 1.8 billion higher at the end of the first quarter. The debt ratio at the end of the first quarter of 2018 thus becomes 55.2 percent. In the sector accounts these changes will be implemented at the next opportunity (September 2018). When will new figures be published? Annual figures: Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year. Quarterly figures: The first quarterly estimate is available 85 days after the end of each reporting quarter. The first quarter may be revised in September, the second quarter in December. Should further quarterly information become available thereafter, the estimates for the first three quarters may be revised in March. If (new) annual figures become available in June, the quarterly figures will be revised again to bring them in line with the annual figures.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the from-whom-to-whom matrices of seven important financial instruments. The matrices provide information on the debtor/creditor relationships between sectors. The matrices provide a three dimensional overview on financial transactions, price changes and revaluations, other volume changes and balance sheets and the sectors and financial instruments involved. The sector on the assets side is the creditor, the sector on the liabilities side the debtor. The sectors non-financial corporations, financial corporations, general government, households including non-profit institutions serving households (NPISH) and the rest of the world are shown in this table. The sectors financial corporations and general government are broken down into subsectors. Data available from: Annual figures from 1999. Quarterly figures from first quarter 1999. Status of the figures: The figures from 1999 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of September 21st 2018: Data of the second quarter 2018 have been added to this table. Adjustments as of July 26th 2018: The short-term loans taken out by the government in this table differ from the government finance statistics which are also published by Statistics Netherlands separately. This is due to an adjustment in the government finance statistics’ figures after closing the quarterly estimates. The transactions in short-term loans taken out by the government in the first quarter of 2018 are EUR 1.8 billion higher in government finance statistics publications, which also means that general government debt is 1.8 billion higher at the end of the first quarter. In the sector accounts these changes will be implemented at the next opportunity (September 2018). When will new figures be published? Annual figures: Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year. Quarterly figures: The first quarterly estimate is available 85 days after the end of each reporting quarter. The first quarter may be revised in September, the second quarter in December. Should further quarterly information become available thereafter, the estimates for the first three quarters may be revised in March. If (new) annual figures become available in June, the quarterly figures will be revised again to bring them in line with the annual figures.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes information on the number of employees of municipal and regional fire brigades and security regions on 1 January of the reference year. Operational staff are broken down by professional and voluntary status. Since 2005, non-operational fire brigade employees are also included. Operational staff is broken down by rank and non-operational staff by education level. The figures refer to the situation on 1 January of a particular year. Data are available for the Netherlands as a whole and for each security region. Since 1 January 2011, figures may vary from previous years due to introduction of a new ranking system and a revised questionnaire. Since that date, the questionnaire can be completed consistent with the new ranking system as published in “Het besluit personeel Veiligheidsregio’s” (for details see: Staatsblad 2010, nr 253)”. The “Leidraad Conversie Rangen van de Nederlandse Vereniging voor Brandweerzorg en Rampenbestrijding (NVBR)” is used for the translation from function to rank and from the old to the new ranking system. Since 2012, higher and mid-level ranks are included in one category. This decision was made because a reliable break-down by region cannot be made. Since 1 January 2011, the definitions of professional, voluntary and non-operational staff are also adjusted. Data available from: 2000 Status of the figures: Figures for the period 2000-2017 are definitive and figures for the year 2018 are provisional. Changes effective from 14 June 2018: Figures for the year 2017 are definitive and figures for the year 2018 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures on the year 2019 will be available in June 2019.
    • Январь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Fixed capital formation by groups of provinces, province and COROP region. This table concerns regional figures on gross fixed capital formation (on an owner basis) by industry. The regional figures are in accordance with the national accounts, figures on gross fixed capital formation from production and imports (so, excluding sales of existing assets). The new Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008) is used in the National and Regional Accounts of the Netherlands. This code is based on the European classification Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans la Communauté Européenne (NACE Rev. 2) which is used in all Member States of the European Union. It is in use for the year 2008 onwards. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: The revision of the data of the Regional accounts which are consistent with national accounts, except for differences due to rounding, and also with Eurostat's European System of national and regional Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010). The figures of the year 1995 until 2015 are final. Changes as of January 19th 2018: The figures of the year 2015 are final. When will new figures be published? Final data of the year 2016 will be published in December 2018.
    • Апрель 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Fixed capital formation by groups of provinces, province and COROP region. This table concerns regional figures on fixed capital formation (gross) by type of capital good. The regional figures are in accordance with the national accounts, figures on gross fixed capital formation from production and imports (so, excluding sales of existing assets). The new Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008) is used in the National and Regional Accounts of the Netherlands. This code is based on the European classification Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans la Communauté Européenne (NACE Rev. 2) which is used in all Member States of the European Union. It is in use for the year 2008 onwards. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: The figures up to the year 2015 are final. Changes as of 11th April 2018: The figures about the topic Other fixed assets for the year 2015 for all regions are corrected. Other fixed assets did not contain the type Computers in 2015. Now the types sum up to the National totals per region. When will new figures be published? Final data of the year 2016 will be published in December 2018.
    • Март 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information about the culture area of fruit orchards in the Netherlands. The data are broken down by: apples, pears, stone fruit trees (plum trees, sweet cherries, sour cherries), small fruit shrubs (blueberries, blackberries, raspberries, red currants, wine grapes and black currants) and nut trees. The data refer to areas cultivated in the open, and thus exclude fruit culture in greenhouses. Data available from: 1992. Frequency: yearly. Status of the figures: The figures referring to the most recent period are provisional. The figures become definite when the next period is published. Changes as of 31 March 2017: The provisional figures referring to 2016 have been added. The figures referring to 2015 are now definite. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for the previous year are published in April, at the same time figures for the preceding year become definite.
  • G
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides quarterly and annual data on production, expenditures, income and external economic transactions of The Netherlands. Data available from 1995. Status of the figures: The figures of the period 1995-2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of November 14th 2018: Data of the preliminary estimate 2018q3 have been added to this table. Furthermore, the period format has been adapted to comply with Statistics Netherlands StatLine regulations. Adjustments as of September 7th 2018: In the previous version, annual and quarterly data of the breakdown of gross fixed capital formation by sectors, by type of activa and by destination of the period 1995-2018 have been calculated incorrectly. This has been adjusted in this version. When will new figures be published? The preliminary estimate (flash estimate) of a quarter is released within 45 days. The second estimate is published after 85 days. At the second estimate of the fourth quarter, data of the previous three quarters will also be revised.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides data from Quarterly National Accounts (QNA) of Statistics The Netherlands. It contains quarterly and annual data on production, expenditures, income and external economic transactions of The Netherlands. Data available from 1995. Status of the figures: The figures of the period 1995-2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of November 14th 2018: Data of the preliminary estimate 2018q3 have been added to this table. Furthermore, the period format has been adapted to comply with Statistics Netherlands StatLine regulations. Adjustments as of September 7th 2018: In the previous version, annual and quarterly data of the breakdown of gross fixed capital formation by sectors, by type of activa and by destination of the period 1995-2018 have been calculated incorrectly. This has been adjusted in this version. When will new figures be published? The preliminary estimate (flash estimate) of a quarter is released within 45 days. The second estimate is published after 85 days. At the second estimate of the fourth quarter, data of the previous three quarters will also be revised.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on the finances of the general government sector. The terms and definitions used are in accordance with the framework of the National Accounts. The National Accounts are based on the international definitions of the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). Small temporary differences with publications of the National Accounts may occur due to the fact that the government finance statistics are sometimes more up to date. Data available from: Yearly figures from 1995, quarterly figures from 1999. Status of the figures: The figures for the period 1995-2015 are definite. The quarterly figures for 2016 are provisional. The annual figures for 2016 are definite. The figures for 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of 27 September 2018: Due to a processing error, government debt in million euros was published slightly inaccurately. The error did not affect government debt as a percentage of GDP. The errors, in the quarterly data of 2016 and 2017, have been corrected. Changes as of 21 September 2018: The figures for the second quarter of 2018 have been added. Seasonally adjusted revenue, expenditure and balance of the general government sector have been adjusted. The 'net saving and capital transfers' is added. Government debt (EMU debt) has been adjusted in the yearly and quarterly figures of 2004 until 2017 and the first quarter of 2018. Part of government debt was recorded as debt to institutions outside general government, while it is debt to institutions inside general government. Debt from institutions inside general government are not part of consolidated government debt. Accordingly, the government debt level has become lower. Changes as of 26 July 2018: The preliminary figures on general government debt for the first quarter of 2018 were incorrect. The general government debt is 1.8 billion euros higher. The debt previously amounted to 410.5 billion euros and is 412.3 billion euros after the correction. The general government debt at the end of the first quarter 2018 becomes 55.2 per cent of the gross domestic product. When will new figures be published? Initial quarterly figures are published three months after the end of the quarter. In September the figures on the first quarter are revised, in December the figures on the second quarter are revised and in March the first three quarters are revised. Yearly figures are published for the first time three months after the end of the year concerned. Yearly figures are revised two times: 6 and 18 after the end of the year. Please note that there is a possibility that adjustments might take place at the end of March or September, in order to provide the European Commission with the most actual figures. Revised yearly figures are published in June each year. Quarterly figures are aligned to the three revised years at the end of June. More information on the revision policy of National Accounts can be found under 'relevant articles' under paragraph 3.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the government participation in public and private corporations, at economically significant amounts, for a given year. Participations are considered to be economically significant when they are larger than 0.01% of GDP. All figures are based on balance sheets at the end of a given year. Publication of this table meets one of the requirements of Directive EU 2011/85, part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package ('Six Pack') adopted by the European Council in 2011. Data available from: situation on 31 December 2012. Status of the figures: Figures for 2016 are provisional. Figures for the other years are definite. Changes as of 29 December 2017: New figures have been added for 2016 - these figures are provisional. The figures for 2015 have become definite. The annual figures for 2012, 2013 and 2014 have been revised in the context of the revision policy of National accounts. When will new figures be published? The provisional figures for 2017 and the definite figures for 2016 will be published at the end of December 2018.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises of figures related to debt guarantees provided by the government, adjusted capital value of off-balance sheet public private partnerships (PPP), and non-performing loans. The figures are also available per government subsector, and are taken from end-of-year balance sheets. Publication of this table meets one of the requirements of Directive EU 2011/85, part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (“Sixpack”) adopted by the European Council in 2011. Data available from: situation on 31 December 2010. Status of the figures: The figures for 2017 are provisional. The figures for the earlier years are definite. Changes as of 31 October 2018: Provisional figures for 2017 have been published. The figures for 2016 have become definite. The figures for 2010-2016 have been revised in the context of the benchmark revision of National Accounts. The level of debt guarantees have been adjusted due to the reclassification of institutional units within other institutional sectors. In addition to this, all standardised guarantees, which are mostly provided to other institutions, have been converted to one-off guarantees. Lastly, the adjusted capital value for off-balance public private partnerships (PPP) is equal to zero, as all PPPs are now recorded on the government balance sheet. The underlying coding of classification 'Sectors' used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures for the previous year will be published in October. Previous provisional figures will then become definite. More information on the revision policy of National Accounts can be found under "Relevant articles" under paragraph 3.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table gives an overview of government expenditure on regular education in the Netherlands since 1900. All figures presented have been calculated according to the standardised definitions of the OECD. Government expenditure on education consists of expenditure by central and local government on education institutions and education. The government finances schools, colleges and universities. It pays for research and development conducted by universities. Furthermore it provides student grants and loans, allowances for school costs, provisions for students with a disability and child care allowances to households as well as subsidies to companies and non-profit organisations. Total government expenditure is broken down into expenditure on education institutions and education on the one hand and government expenditure on student grants and loans and allowances for school costs to households on the other. If applicable these subjects are broken down into pre-primary and primary education, special needs primary education, secondary education, senior secondary vocational and adult education, higher professional education and university education. Data are available from 1900. Figures for the Second World War period are based on estimations due to a lack of source material. The table also includes the indicator government expenditure on education as a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP). This indicator is used to compare government expenditure on education internationally. The indicator is compounded on the basis of definitions of the OECD (Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development). The indicator is also presented in the StatLine table Education; Education expenditure and CBS /OECD indicators. Figures for the First World War and Second World War period are not available for this indicator due to a lack of reliable data on GDP for these periods. The statistic on Education spending is compiled on a cash basis. This means that the education expenditure and revenues are allocated to the year in which they are paid out or received. However, the activity or transaction associated with the payment or receipt can take place in a different year. Data available from: 1900 Status of the figures: Data recorded in the last available year are provisional figures. Changes on 22 December 2017: The provisional figures for 2016 have been added, the figures for 2015 have been adjusted from provisional to definite. When will new figures be published? New figures are published in November of the following year.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides figures on fixed capital formation by economic activities of destination. It shows the value of assets purchased by economic activities. These assets are used in a production process for more than one year. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are provisional. Data of 2017 are also provisional. Only data of 2016 are final. Adjustment as of August 3rd 2018: In previous version, gross fixed capital formation data of some economic activities in 2016 were not correct. That has been corrected in this version. Furthermore, data of the period 1995-2015 have been updated. They now became final. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides figures on fixed capital formation by type of assets and by institutional sectors. It shows which assets have been purchased by which sector. Thse assets are used in a production process for more than one year. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Adjustment as of September 7th 2018: In the previous version gross fixed capital formation data of buildings, other structures, machinery and installations, and other tangible fixed assets for the years 1995-2000 were not correct. This have been adjusted in this version. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Gross fixed capital formation by type and by sector; NA, 1969-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The results are the year-on-year changes in the volume of gross fixed capital formation in tangible assets by companies, households, non-profit institutions and government. All expenditure by companies, households, non-profit institutions and government on tangible assets which are used for more than one year in the production process are regarded as fixed capital formation in tangible assets. Fixed capital formation in intangible assets, like software, licenses etc., is not taken into account. Data available from: January 2005. Status of the figures: The figures on 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. The other figures are definite. Changes as of 21 September 2018: The figure over July 2018 has been added. The figures over April until June 2018 have been adjusted. The figures may be adjusted as new or updated source information becomes available. In addition, the monthly figures will be adjusted retrospectively to fit those of gross fixed capital formation in tangible assets in the Quarterly National Accounts. Since the end of June 2016 the release and revision policy of the national accounts have been changed. References to additional information about these changes can be found in section 3. When will new figures be published? About seven weeks after the month under review.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the (experimental) outcomes of the Dutch growth accounts. The growth accounts show the contributions of the different production factors to the economic growth. This helps to determine which part of production growth is explained by a change in input of capital (K), labour (L), energy (E), materials (M) or services (S). The results of the growth accounts also show the development of multifactor productivity. This is the part of economic growth that cannot be attributed to one of the production factors. Disaggregated data and labour productivity are also published in this table. This table is based on the current classification of branches (SIC 2008). The figures in this table are based on the National Accounts, which have been compiled in accordance with ESA 2010. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are experimental. While the numbers are justified, the growth accounts are still under development. As a result of ongoing extensions and intensification the results will change in the coming years. The figures of the period 1995-2014 are final. Data of 2015 and 2016 are provisional. Changes as of 15 June 2018: Figures of 1995-2000 and 2016 have been added. Data of 2014 and 2015 have been revised. As a result of the addition of the reporting year 2000 it was possible to calculate the annual changes for the year 2001. Previously they were indicated with a dot (.), but now the percentual change is displayed. Changes as of 24 July 2018: For the reporting year 2016 the indices with base year 2010 have been calculated incorrectly. They were not congruent with the annual percentage changes. This has been corrected. The difference with the previous version of this table varies between +2.5 points and -3.2 points. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 30 months after the end of the reporting year. Since the end of June 2016 the release and revision policy of the national accounts have been changed. References to additional information about these changes can be found in section 3.
  • H
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about developments in turnover in the branch Hairdressers and beauty treatment (ISIC 2008 code 9602). Turnover value and volume are presented. The data can further be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (ISIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2015. This table contains figures on year-on-year and seasonally adjusted quarter-on-quarter changes. Data available from: 1st quarter 2005. Status of the figures: The figures on 2018 are provisional, figures from preceding periods are definite. Changes as of November 30, 2018: Figures on the third quarter 2018 have been added. Figures on previous preriods in 2018 may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? Statistics Netherlands usually publishes the first results two months after the reporting period. Figures may be updated subsequently as a result of increased response. Five months after the reporting year, all late response is used to compile the definite figures, for all quarters in that reporting year. Until that point, figures are provisional. After that, figures are definite. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only adjust them if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on the perceived state of health and on contacts with providers of medical care of the Dutch population in private households. These data can be grouped by several personal characteristics. Data available from: 2014 Status of the data: final. Changes as from March 16, 2018: Figures about 2017 are added. Also, figures about sleeping problems are added. When will new data be published? Data on report year 2018 will appear in the second quarter of 2019.
    • Январь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes national statistics on income statements, balance sheet figures and staff of enterprises and groups of enterprises with main activity hospital care, mental residential health care, care for the disabled, nursing home care, home care, residential care for other persons and youth care. The target population consists of enterprises and groups of enterprises in the following classes of the Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008): 86101 University hospitals; 86102 General hospitals; 86103 Specialised hospitals (not mental); 86104 Mental health hospitals; 8720 and 87301 Care for disabled persons; 8710, 87302 and 88101 Residential and home care; 87902 Social assistance with residential care for other persons; 87901 Social assistance with residential and day care for children; 88991 Social work for children. From 2015 onwards the population has been altered significantly by including privately financed health care and micro enterprises. Only limited information is published about micro enterprises, but it adds to a complete description of the targeted health care classifications of SIC 2008. Furthermore SIC 86222 Practices of psychiatrists and day-care centres for social health has now been removed from the population as it will be published in statistics of care practices rather than institutions. Data available from: 2015 Status of the figures: Figures in this table for the most recent year are provisional. Figures for all other years are definite. Changes as of 29th of January 2018: The provisional figures for 2016 are added. The figures for 2015 have been replaced with definitive figures. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for 2017 will be published in the fourth quarter of 2018.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table represents five variants of health expectancies: -life expectancy in perceived good health. -life expectancy without physical limitations. -life expectancy without chronic morbidity. -life expectancy in good mental health. -life expectancy without GALI-limitations In addition, figures of 'normal' life expectancy are included, so the figures of health expectancy can be related to them. In the table, the data on health expectancy can be split into the following characteristics: -sex. -age. Using this table one can see the developments over time of health expectancies. For example it can be seen that morbidity free life expectancy of women shortened during the eighties and nineties. In the same period the life expectancy free of moderate and severe limitations of men increased. Data available from: 1981 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definitive. Changes as of 17 July 2017: Figures of 2017 have been added. Changes as of 18 January 2016: The data in this table are partly derived from the Health Survey. As of 2014, CBS added the variables income and wealth to the weighing model of the Health Survey. This is because some income and wealth groups participate less in surveys than others. However, adding these variables to the weighing model was not performed properly. This has resulted in overweighting the answers of some respondents in the published data. The data of other respondents were underweighted. Repairing this weighing-error has consequences for virtually all published data on 2014. Most corrected data fall within the 95% confidence interval of the old data. Occasionally, however, the difference is larger. When will new figures be published? 2019
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on expenditure and financing in current prices on the health care used by residents in the Netherlands in one year. All activities within the area of health care are included, irrespective of whether they are performed within or outside the health care sector. These figures are based on the definition of the System of Health Accounts as used by EUROSTAT, the OECD and the WHO. The figures are derived from the Dutch statistics on health and social care, which cover a broader range of activities (including e.g. child day care, welfare, and social services). Exports are also included. In this table it can be found in the financing item Rest of the world; exports. This table also shows how the total figure in accordance with the System of Health Accounts is calculated from the total figure health and social care: Total figure on health and social care -/- health-related activities -/- other goods and services -/- exports = Total current expenditure on health Data available from: 2015 Status of the figures: The figures are provisional. Changes as of 29 May 2018: This is a new table. The table is new due to a revision of the figures of the care accounts from which this table is derived. Latest insights from several statistics and sources have been used in this revision. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter of 2018 revised figures for 2005-2014 will be added, and newly available figures for 1998-2004 also. Figures for 2015-2017 will be updated. Provisional figures on 2018 will be published in May 2019.
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on expenditure and financing in current prices on the health care used by residents in the Netherlands in one year. All activities within the area of health care are included, irrespective of whether they are performed within or outside the health care sector. These figures are based on the definition of the System of Health Accounts as used by EUROSTAT, the OECD and the WHO. The figures are derived from the Dutch statistics on health and social care, which cover a broader range of activities (including e.g. child day care, welfare, and social services). Exports are also included. In this table it can be found in the financing item Rest of the world; exports. This table also shows how the total figure in accordance with the System of Health Accounts is calculated from the total figure health and social care: Total figure on health and social care -/- exports -/- non-healthcare providers (welfare, children’s day care) -/- health-related products (like social long term care) = Total current expenditure on health Data available from: 2015 Status of the figures: The figures are provisional. Changes as of 29 May 2018: This is a new table. The table is new due to a revision of the figures of the care accounts from which this table is derived. Latest insights from several statistics and sources have been used in this revision. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter of 2018 revised figures for 2005-2014 will be added, and newly available figures for 1998-2004 also. Figures for 2015-2017 will be updated. Provisional figures on 2018 will be published in May 2019.
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on expenditure and financing in current prices on the health care used by residents in the Netherlands in one year. All activities within the area of health care are included, irrespective of whether they are performed within or outside the health care sector. These figures are based on the definition of the System of Health Accounts as used by EUROSTAT, the OECD and the WHO. The figures are derived from the Dutch statistics on health and social care, which cover a broader range of activities (including e.g. child day care, welfare, and social services). Exports are also included. In this table it can be found in the function M1(HC)+ : Other goods, services + exports. This table also shows how the total figure in accordance with the System of Health Accounts is calculated from the total figure on health and social care: Total figure on health and social care -/- health-related activities -/- other goods, services and exports (including welfare and children's day care, function M1(HC)+) = Total current expenditure on health Data available from: 2015 Status of the figures: The figures are provisional. Changes as of 29 May 2018: This is a new table. The table is new due to a revision of the figures of the care accounts from which this table is derived. Latest insights from several statistics and sources have been used in this revision. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter of 2018 revised figures for 2005-2014 will be added, and newly available figures for 1998-2004 also. Figures for 2015-2017 will be updated. Provisional figures on 2018 will be published in May 2019.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents a wide variety of historical data in the field of health, lifestyle and health care. Figures on births and mortality, causes of death and the occurrence of certain infectious diseases are available from 1900, other series from later dates. In addition to self-perceived health, the table contains figures on infectious diseases, hospitalisations per diagnosis, life expectancy, lifestyle factors such as smoking, alcohol consumption and obesity, and causes of death. The table also gives information on several aspects of health care, such as the number of practising professionals, the number of available hospital beds, nursing day averages and the expenditures on care. Many subjects are also covered in more detail by data in other tables, although sometimes with a shorter history. Data on notifiable infectious diseases and HIV/AIDS are not included in other tables. Data available from: 1900 Status of the figures: Most figures are definite. Figures are provisional for the last year reported for: - hospital admissions; - health professions. Figures are revised provisional for the last two years reported for: - expenditures on care. Due to "dynamic" registrations, figures for infectious diseases remain provisional. Changes as of 29 December 2017: - For each series the most recent available figures have been added - Figures on HIV-infections have been updated over the entire range by the HIV Monitoring Foundation. Changes as of 22 December 2016: - For each series the most recent available figures have been added - Health expenditure as percentage of bdp has been changed for 1974, 1977, 1981 and 1984. When will new figures be published? December 2018.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides an overview of the key figures on health and care available on StatLine. All figures are taken from other tables on StatLine, either directly or through a simple conversion. In the original tables, breakdowns by characteristics of individuals or other variables are possible. The period after the year of review before data become available differs between the data series. The number of exam passes/graduates in year t is the number of persons who obtained a diploma in school/study year starting in t-1 and ending in t. Data available from: 2001 Status of the figures: Most figures are definite. Figures reported for the last year are provisional for: - supplied drugs; - perinatal mortality at pregnancy lasting at least 22 weeks (WHO); - hospital admissions by some diagnoses; - average period of hospitalisation; - physicians and nurses employed in care; - Mbo health care graduates; - Hbo nursing graduates / medicine graduates (university). Figures reported for the last two years are revised provisional for: - expenditures on care. Figures reported for the last year and for the last year but one are provisional for: - diagnoses known to the general practitioner; - persons employed in health and welfare; - profitability and operating results at institutions. Changes as of 29 December 2017: Figures have been updated for: - live births to teenage mothers; - causes of death; - perinatal mortality at pregnancy lasting at least 22 weeks (WHO); - perinatal mortality at pregnancy duration at least 24 weeks; - life expectancy in perceived good health; - supplied drugs; - persons aged 80 or older; - expenditures on care; - average distance to facilities. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in June 2018.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about the number of holiday participants, number of holidays, destination, accommodation type, means of transport and holiday expenses. Data available: annually, 1990-2016. Status of the figures: Figures are final. Changes as of 1 May 2017. Annual figures 2016 have been added. When will new figures become available? Mid 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the number of business related overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by parts of the country, provinces, tourist parts of the country and 5 major cities. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2018 are provisional. The figures until 2017 are final. Changes as of 30 November 2018: Figures for September 2018 and the third quarter 2018 have been added. The table now contains separate figures for the municipality of Haarlemmermeer. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by country of origin of the guests (country of residence), parts of the country, provinces, tourist parts of the country and 5 major cities. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2018 are provisional. The figures until 2017 are final. Changes as of 30 November 2018: Figures for September 2018 and the third quarter 2018 have been added. The table now contains separate figures for the municipality of Haarlemmermeer. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the price development of newly built and existing dwellings purchased by households. Aside from the price indices, Statistics Netherlands also publishes figures on the number, average purchase price and total sum of the purchase prices of the sold dwellings. Data available from: 1st quarter 2015 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are associated with existing homes (PBK) and are final. The figures in this table are associated with new dwellings (PNK) and the last period is provisional. The figures in this table are associated with the number of sold dwellings and the average purchase price and figures related to newly built dwellings and total figures are the last four periods are provisional. Changes as of 4 October 2018: Figures of the second quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published in December 2018.
    • Апрель 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about the progress of the households in the Netherlands by size and composition and persons by household position, on 1 January. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. With the information available for the reporting years 1995, 1996 and 1997 it is not easy to make an unambiguous assignment of persons in institutional households in three distinct categories of institutions. For this reason the numbers are set as unknown. Changes as of 6 April 2018: The figures concerning type of institution of persons in institutional households on 1 January 2017 have been corrected. The type of institution appeared to be wrong for 18,6 thousand out of 245 thousand people. The correction does not affect any other figures in the table. Changes as of 28 September 2017: The figures concerning marital status of persons in institutional households on 1 January 2015 and 2016 have been corrected. People who were widowed or divorced after a registered partnership had accidentally been added to the category of married persons instead of the category of widowed and divorced persons respectively. It concerned around 500 out of 250 thousand persons in institutional households. The correction does not affect any other figures in the table. When will new figures be published? The final figures of 1 January 2018 will be added in the 4th quarter of 2018.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the housing costs of private households in independent homes. Households living (temporarily) in a house free of charge are not included. The figures are presented for both owners and tenants and can be further divided into various characteristics of the household and the dwelling. Data available as of year: 2009 Status of the figures: final. When will updates become available? Figures over reporting year 2018 will be published in 2019.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the housing costs of private households in independent homes. Households living (temporarily) in a house free of charge are not included. The figures are presented for both owners and tenants and can be further divided into various characteristics of the household and the dwelling. Data available as of year: 2006 Status of the figures: final. When will updates become available? Figures over reporting year 2018 will be published in 2019.
  • I
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents data of imports of goods and services by destination from the National Accounts. The table contains data of imported products by economic activities. It also shows data of imports intended for final expenditure and imports that can not be imputed to economic activities. Data available from: 2015. Status of the figures: Data from 2015 and 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Imports of goods and services by destination; NA, 1995-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Statistics Netherlands collects monthly data on imports and exports of goods. In this table on imports and exports of goods the change of ownership of the goods is decisive, not whether they crossed the Dutch border. The table comprises index figures and changes in terms of percentage of total imports and exports of goods, broken down by value, price and volume. The indices are based on 2015=100. The changes in terms of percentage are compared with the same period in the previous year. Data available from: 1995 January Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of 14 November 2018: Data over September 2018 have been added. Data over July and August 2018 have been adjusted. Import and export figures may be adjusted as new or updated source information from the monthly international trade statistics and producer prices becomes available. In addition, the figures are adjusted retrospectively to fit those of imports and exports of goods in the quarterly National Accounts and the annual National Accounts. A complete revision of the National Accounts is carried out once every five years. When will new figures be published? Six to seven weeks after the end of the month under review.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Statistics Netherlands collects monthly data on imports and exports of goods. In this table on imports and exports of goods the change of ownership of the goods is decisive, not whether they crossed the Dutch border. The table comprises index figures and changes in terms of percentage of total imports and exports of goods, broken down by value, price and volume. The indices are based on 2010=100. The changes in terms of percentage are compared with the same period in the previous year. Data available from January 1995. Status of the figures: Figures for 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. The other figures are definite. Changes as of 12 September 2018: Data over July 2018 have been added. Data over April until June 2018 have been adjusted. Import and export figures may be adjusted as new or updated source information for the monthly international trade statistics and producers' prices becomes available. In addition, the monthly figures will be adjusted retrospectively to fit those of imports and exports of goods in the Quarterly National Accounts. Since the end of June 2016 the release and revision policy of the national accounts have been changed. References to additional information about these changes can be found in section 3. When will new figures be published? Six to seven weeks after the end of the month under review.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table the Regional accounts; transactions of the sector households, describes the primary and secondary income distribution of the section households. The transactions within the primary and secondary income distribution are breakdown by resources and uses (earnings and expenses). Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: The revision of the data of the Regional accounts which are consistent with national accounts, except for differences due to rounding, and also with Eurostat's European System of national and regional Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010) are finished. Long distance time series for the period 1995 - 2015 are available. The figures for the years 1995 - 2014 are final, the year 2015 is provisional. Changes as of February 12th 2018: The figures of the year 2014 are final. The figures of the most recent reporting year 2015 are provisional. When will new figures be published? Provisional and final data will be published in December 2018.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table describes the income distribution of the sector households in the national accounts over different household groups. Households are identified by main source of income, living situation, household composition, age classes of the head of the household, income class by 20% groups. Data available from: 2015. Status of the figures: Data of 2015 and 2016 are provisional. Changes as of July 9th 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Income distribution of households; NA, 2005-2014. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? New figures will be released in June 2019.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table describes the distribution of income, consumption, and wealth components of the sector households in the national accounts over different household groups. Households are identified by main source of income, living situation, household composition, age classes of the head of the household, income class by 20% groups. Data available from: 2015. Status of the figures: Data of 2015 and 2016 are provisional. Changes as of July 9th 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Income, consumption, wealth of households: key figures; NA, 2005-2014. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? New figures will be released in June 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in production and turnover in industry (excl. construction), SIC 2008 sections B - E. The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published. Turnover can be broken down into value, price and volume. The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Year-on-year changes are also published. Seasonally and working-day adjusted month-on-month/quarter-on-quarter turnover and volume data are also available. These are more comparable over time and reflect the underlying trend better. Data available from: January 2005. Status of the figures: Production and average daily production: The first provisional results are published by CBS within six to eight weeks after the end of the reporting month . Until 70 days after the end of a quarter, the provisional figures may change as a result of subsequent response. The figures normally won’t be adjusted until, no later than twelve months after the end of the year , the last observed response is processed. Turnover and average daily turnover: The first provisional results are published by CBS within six to eight weeks after the end of the reporting month . Until 70 days after the end of a quarter, the provisional figures may change as a result of subsequent response. The figures normally won’t be adjusted until, no later than twelve months after the end of the year , the last observed response is processed. Seasonally adjusted average day production and seasonally adjusted average day turnover : the indices and developments of the seasonally adjusted figures of the four most recent months are provisional. Within a year the figures are provisional until publication of the final figures for the year , no later than twelve months after the end of the year. Changes as of 9 November 2018: Production figures of industry for the month September 2018 have been added. Changes as of 8 June 2018: Production figures of industry for the month April 2018 have been added. The figures of 2017 are final. Changes as of 15 June 2017: For the calculation of the average day and seasonal adjusted turnover new setups have been implemented from January 2015 onwards. Now that the new setups have come available average day and seasonal adjusted turnover will be published again from January 2015 onwards. The figures of 2015 and 2016 are final. Changes as of 9 June 2017: Turnover and production figures of industry for the month April have been added. The regular production-index series have been adjusted to the weights of the National Accounts 2016 data from January 2017 onwards. In this annual release, according to standard procedure, new setups have been implemented for the calculation of average day and seasonal adjusted production from January 2016 onwards. When will new figures be published? Turnover figures in this table will be replaced by a new table on 12 March 2018 due to the five-yearly change of the base year. After completing the base year change for production figures this whole table will be replaced. For the link to the new table see section 3.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in production and turnover in industry (excl. construction), SIC 2008 sections B - E. The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). Developments are presented as percentage changes compared to a previous period and by means of indices. In this table, the base year is updated to 2015, in previous publications the base year was 2010. Developments in turnover and volume are published in two formats. Firstly, in the form of year-on-year changes relative to the same period in the preceding year. These figures are shown both unadjusted and adjusted for calendar effects. The second format pertains to period-on-period changes, for example quarter-on-quarter. Period-on-period changes are calculated by applying seasonal adjustment. Data available from: January 2005 Changes as of 9 November: Turnover figures of industry for the month September 2018 have been added. Changes as of 8 June: Turnover figures of industry for the month April 2018 have been added. For the calculation of the average day and seasonal adjusted turnover new setups have been implemented from January 2017 onwards. Changes as of 9 April: Turnover figures of industry for the month February 2018 have been added. Turnover figures for January 2017 up to and including January 2018 have also been revised, because updated information was processed. Due to the year update of 2017 the breakdown in domestic and foreign turnover is temporarily unavailable for sic B, 06, 08 and 09 (Mining and quarrying). When will new figures be published? As a rule, monthly statistics are published six to eight weeks after the end of the reporting month. Quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. After completing the base year change production figures will be included in this table. For production figures see link in section 3. Status of the figures: The figures of a calendar year will become definite no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be “provisional” and can still be adjusted as a result of delayed response. Currently, the monthly turnover figures of 2017 for sic C, sic D and sic E are definite; the figures for sic B are provisional. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only revise the results if significant adjustments and/or corrections are necessary.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows statistics about inherited wealth of deceased people. The inheritances are made up for all people died, registerd from the Dutch population register on January 1st. Statistics cover the period from 2007 until 2015
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the international commodity flows from, to and through the Netherlands. For imports, exports, re-exports and transit trade the table represents the value and gross weight of transported goods broken down by product group (NSTR chapter) and continent of origin or destination. This publication is co-financed by the Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management. Data available from: 2007 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are provisional. Changes as of 15 December 2017: The provisional figures for 2007 up to and including 2015 have been adjusted. The figures for 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? Generally, new, provisional data will become available approximately one year after the end of the reporting year. Figures on international commodity flows are subject to adjustment when new or updated sources become available. As a result, the status of the figures will be provisional for a longer period of time.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the international commodity flows from, to and through the Netherlands. For imports, exports and transit trade, the table represents the value and gross weight of transported goods broken down by product group (NSTR chapter), transport mode and continent of loading or unloading. This publication is co-financed by the Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management. Data available from: 2007 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are provisional. Changes as of 8 February 2018: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? Generally, new, provisional data will become available approximately one year after the end of the reporting year. Figures on international commodity flows are subject to adjustment when new or updated sources become available. As a result, the status of the figures will be provisional for a longer period of time.
    • Ноябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table describes the export specialisation of Dutch exports using the Balassa index. A Balassa index higher than 1 indicates specialisation in a product. If the index is below 1, there is no specialisation in that product. The table also shows the share of each product chapter of the Harmonised System in total Dutch exports. Furthermore, it shows both the share of products made in the Netherlands as the re-exports of this chapter. Data available from: 1996. Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of November 6, 2017: The final figures over 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? The figures become available in the fourth quarter after the year under review.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains a time series with figures on international trade. In this table the Dutch import and export value is broken down into commodity categories (SITC sections), energy and a number of countries and continents. Data available: from 1917. Status of the figures: In this table the figures up to and including 1995 are final, the figures from 1996 onwards are provisional. Changes as of September 28, 2018: The provisional figures of 2016 have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? The final annual figures will be published in the fourth quarter following the reporting year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows a summary of the latest figures on Dutch international trade. In this table the values of Dutch imports and exports, the trade balance and changes therein are broken down into aggregated categories of goods according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC sections) and a number of geographical areas. Data available: from January 2002. Status of the figures: The figures on international trade are subject to adjustment when new or updated sources become available. The figures are therefore provisional for a longer period. These provisional figures are adjusted ten, fourteen and nineteen weeks after the month under review. In the third quarter of the current year, figures of the previous year become definite and the definite year figure becomes available on StatLine. Changes as of November 14, 2018: The provisional figures of September 2018 have been added. Changes as of September 28, 2018: Various corrections were implemented in the statistical year 2016. As a result, total import of goods is lower by 4 billion euros, while total export of goods is lower by 2 billion euros. The corrections include: - Adjustments in the estimation method; - Adjustments in the imports and exports of aircrafts and ships; - Adjustments in the import values of ladies underwear, cars, other printed matter and disk memories; - Adjustments in the export values of musical instruments, living plants, DVDs and CDs; - Removal of imports and exports of Southern bluefin tuna (03023690). When will new figures be published? The figures become available approximately six weeks after the month under review.
    • Октябрь 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on Dutch imports and exports of services broken down by various service types and countries (groups). From 2006 onwards more detailed information is available than the years before. In addition, the annual figures show more detailed information than the quarterly figures. Data available from 2003 to 2013. Status of the figures: The figures are definite. Changes as of 8 October 2014: None, this table has been discontinued. When will new figures be published? No longer applicable.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on Dutch imports, exports and net balance of services broken down by various service types and countries (groups) provided or purchased by companies and persons domiciled in the Netherlands. An entirely renewed classification of services which are used by all EU countries from 2014 onwards is based on the “Balance of Payments Manual 6” (BPM6). Data available from: 2014 Status of the figures: As of 2017 is the publication and revision policy of international trade in services review. The figures on the Dutch international trade in services are available on quarterly and annual basis. Provisional quarterly figures are one quarter after the end of the reporting period available. With the publication of a new quarter, also the figures for the previous quarter and if applicable the other previous quarters of the year are adjusted on the basis of new source material (provisional figures). At the time of a year four quarters are available quarterly on the basis of these four figures a year calculation is made. This year calculation is available in the autumn of the following year. The year calculation is then adjusted again the following year, this time final. Also the quarterly figures of the year reviewed. Changes as of October 4, 2018: The figures for 2016 have been adjusted and are now definitive, the figures for 2017 have been adjusted and remain revised provisional, the figures for the first quarter of 2018 have been adjusted to be revised provisional and the provisional figures for the second quarter of 2018 have been added. Changes as of October 3, 2018: The annual figures for 2014 and 2015 have been revised in the context of the revision policy of National accounts and The Bank of the Netherlands (DNB). Changes as of december 14, 2017: Because of revisions in the source material and methodological improvements, the figures for the years 2014-2017 overhauled. When will new figures be published? The first figures become available approximately 12 weeks after the reporting period.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows basic figures on population and economic development for sixty countries. It concerns the following elementary indicators: - Gross Domestic Product; - Gross Domestic Product per capita; - Exports of goods and services; - Exports of high-tech goods; - Incoming Foreign Direct Investments; - Value added in services; - Population size. These indicators give an overall picture of the economic size and trade position of a country. The national economic development defines the basic climate within which companies develop their activities. A good economic development ensures a favourable investment climate in which enterprises can function well. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands. Data available from 1990 Status of the figures: The external source of these data frequently supplies adjusted figures on preceding periods. These adjusted data are not mentioned as such in the table. Changes as of 14 March 2011: Various figures have been updated as a result of updates of the underlying source. Please refer to the original source for information about the changes. When will the latest figures be published? The latest figures are shown in the table as soon as the external source supplies them.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table covers the investment expectations and motives of enterprises in the Dutch manufacturing industry. Every spring and autumn, Statistics Netherlands asks enterprises in this sector about their investment expectations for the current and/or subsequent calendar year. This table is compiled with cofinancing of the European Commission. The investment motives for the current and subsequent calendar year are only asked in the annual autumn survey. Data available from: 2010 Status of the figures: All figures in this table are definite. Changes as of 4 October 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. Changes as of 2 May 2018: The results of the spring survey of 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The results of the spring survey for year T are published by the end of April of year T; the results of the autumn survey of year T at the end of November of year T.
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures relating to the investments in tangible fixed assets. The investments have been made by non-financial companies. A distinction is made between different types of fixed assets and between new or second-hand assets. The table also contains information about the disposal of tangible fixed assets. It distinguishes between seven types of tangible fixed assets: 1. Land; 2. Corporate buildings; 3. Network / Infrastructure; 4. Means of transport; 5. Computers, hardware and peripheral equipment; 6. Machinery and installations; 7. Other tangible fixed assets. The following are disregarded: - Investment in stock; - Investment in foreign locations; - The value of enterprises that have been acquired whose operational activities are barely affected. The figures can be broken down into the companies’ activities, according to the Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008). Data available from: 2009 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including 2016 are final. Changes as of 9 April 2018: The final figures of 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? Roughly a year after the end of the reporting year, the provisional investment figures will be published for the Total Investments in Tangible Fixed Assets for the mineral extraction, industry, energy provision, waterworks and waste management and construction business sectors.Definitive, more specific figures will be made available 18 months after the end of the reporting year for all the business sectors that have been examined, including the five business sectors named above.The figures may be updated if substantial adjustments become necessary.
  • K
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents a number of key figures of the sector accounts. These main indicators provide the most important information on the total economy and on the main institutional sectors of the economy: non-financial corporations, financial corporations, general government, households including non-profit institutions serving households and the rest of the world. Data available from: Annual figures from 1995. Quarterly figures from first quarter 1999. Status of the figures: The figures from 1995 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of September 21st 2018: Government debt (EMU debt) has been adjusted in the yearly and quarterly figures of 2004 until 2017 and the first quarter of 2018. Part of government debt was recorded as debt to institutions outside general government, while it is debt to institutions inside general government. Debt from institutions inside general government are not part of consolidated government debt. Accordingly, the government debt level has become lower. Furthermore, data of the second quarter 2018 have been added to this table. Adjustments as of September 11th 2018: A correction is made to resolve the double-counting of “financial institutions; profit of foreign subsidiaries”. It concerns all annual and quarterly figures. When will new figures be published? Annual figures: Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year. Quarterly figures: The first quarterly estimate is available 85 days after the end of each reporting quarter. The first quarter may be revised in September, the second quarter in December. Should further quarterly information become available thereafter, the estimates for the first three quarters may be revised in March. If (new) annual figures become available in June, the quarterly figures will be revised again to bring them in line with the annual figures.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains forecasts (including intervals) of the population of The Netherlands on 1 January by age groups (three age-groups) and population dynamics: live births, deaths and external migration. Furthermore, the table contains information about the total fertility rate, demographic pressure and (period) life expectancy at birth and at age 65 by sex. Data available from: 2017-2060 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are calculated forecasts. Changes as of 19 December 2017: In this new table, the previous forecast is adjusted based on the most recent insights, the forecast period now runs from 2017 to 2060. When will new figures be published? New figures will appear December 2020.
  • L
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains quarterly and yearly figures on the attachment of people to the labour market in the Netherlands. The population of 15 to 75 years of age (excluding the institutionalized population) is divided into the employed labour force and the not employed labour force. The employed labour force is subdivided on the basis of whether they want to work more or not. The not employed labour force is subdivided into the unemployed and those not in the labour force. The unemployed labour force is subdivided on the basis of the desired hours of work. Those not in the labour force are subdivided based on the search and availability criteria. A division by age, sex and level of education is available. Data available from: 2003 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 14 November 2018: The quarterly figures for the 3rd quarter 2018 are added. The estimates on the number of people who want to work more hours and are available to do so, have been removed for the period 2003-2012. Due to a change in method the estimates are not comparable between before 2013 and from 2013 onwards. The estimates for the period 2003-2012 continue to be available on demand. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published six weeks after the end of a quarter of a year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains quarterly and yearly figures on labour participation in the Netherlands. The population of 15 to 75 years of age (excluding the institutionalized population) is divided into the employed labour force, the unemployed labour force and those not in the labour force. The employed labour force is subdivided on the basis of the professional status, and the average working hours. A division by sex, age and level of education is available. Data available from: 2003 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 14 November 2018: The quarterly figures for the 3rd quarter 2018 are added. Changes as of 1 May 2018: The methods used to derive the level and field of education have been improved. This has consequences for the figures on the level of education in this table, these have been revised up to and including the 4th quarter of 2012. In addition, the Dutch Standard Classification of Education (SOI) 2016 is now being used instead of that of 2006. This has consequences for the figures for all reporting periods. For more information, see section 4 of the table explanation. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published six weeks after the end of a quarter of a year.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on labour price developments, i.e. the development of wage costs per hour worked by employees, corrected for changes in the personnel structure. Data available from: 2001 Status of the figures: Data from 2001 up to and including 2016 are final. The figures concerning 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of October 2018: Compared to the previous version the figures for the reference period '2017 July - 2018 June' are added and the figures are adjusted as from '2015 October - 2016 September'. When will new figures become available? New figures are published three to four months after the end of the reference period.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information about the land use of the area of the Netherlands and the land use mutations. Data available from: 1996. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 7 september 2018: Addition of 2015 figures. Metropolitan agglomerations and urban regions have been removed from the table. Figures published earlier on the said regions which were in this table have now been published on Statistics Netherlands’ website (cbs.nl) as customised output, see section/paragraph 3. As of reporting year 2016, Statistics Netherlands no longer publishes data on metropolitan agglomerations and urban regions. Various social developments have rendered the philosophy and methodology underlying the delineation outdated. It furthermore appears that other agencies are using a different classification of metropolitan agglomerations and urban regions depending on the area of application. This means there is no longer a consensus on which standard applies. The metropolitan agglomerations and urban regions will not be published anymore from 2015 onwards as a default regional figure. On request they can be provided. When will new figures be published? It is not yet known if figures will be continued. In the second quarter of 2019 we will know whether figures of 2017 will be published in the coming years.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information about the land use of the area of the Netherlands and the land use mutations. Data available from: 1900. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 7 september 2018: Addition of figures of surfaces of 2013, 2014 and 2015, addition of figures of land use of 2015. When will new figures be published? It is not sure if this table will be continued. In the second quarter of 2019 we can give more information about that.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on life style and on the (preventive) health examination of the Dutch population in private households. These data can be grouped by several personal characteristics. Data available from: 2014. Status of the data: final. Changes as from April 13, 2016: None, this is a new table. When will new data be published? Data on report year 2016 will appear in the second quarter of 2017.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on liquid biofuels for transport. It covers supply and use of biofuels and the amount of biofuels that is blended in ordinary gasoline and diesel. Also, data on the production capacity are included. Data are available for both the total biofuels and two separate kinds of biofuels for transport: biogasoline and biodiesel. Supply of biofuels is equal to the sum of production, net imports and stock changes. For net imports and stock changes figures are broken down into pure biofuels and blended biofuels. The use of biofuels is set equal to the deliveries of the oil companies to the petrol stations in the Netherlands. To a large extent, these deliveries concern biofuels that are blended in ordinary gasoline and diesel and, therefore, these biofuels cannot be recognised any more at the petrol stations. Use of biofuels is given in four units: million kg, million litres, terajoules and as biocomponent of total use in terms of energy of motor gasoline and diesel for transport. Data available from: 2003 annually. Status of the figures: This table contains definite figures up to 2016 and revised figures for 2017. Changes as of 29 June 2018: Revised figures for 2017 have been added. Changes as of 24 April 2018: Underlying codes of energy commodities have been changed. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for the previous year appear in May each year. Adjusted provisional figures for the previous year appear in June each year. Final figures for the previous year appear in December each year.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the number of listed monuments and historic buildings in the Netherlands on 31 December of the year in question for the years 2013-2017. Provincial and municipal monuments are not included in this table. All figures in this table are based on the Dutch National Register of Monuments and Historic Buildings which is compiled by the Cultural Heritage Agency of the Netherlands. The regional classification is based on the municipal classification of January 1, 2017 for all years. The figures are not only broken down by type of monument, but also by part of the country, province and municipality. Data available from: 2013 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 30 March 2018: This is a new table. Compared to the table Listed monuments and historic buildings; region 2016 the number of categories within the selection type of national monuments is thickened. The category Objects in/part of churches has been merged with churches and cloisters and the category of parts of buildings, houses has been merged with buildings and houses. When will new figures be published? The figures with the endposition of December 31, 2018 will be available in the first quarter of 2019 in a new table with the municipal classification of 2018. The figures from previous years 2013-2017 will also be presented according to the municipal classification of 2018.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information about the number of cattle on Dutch agricultural holdings. In addition to numbers, cattle are broken down by: cattle kept for the production of milk and cattle for fattening. The cattle population is counted on 1 April and 1 December. Data available from: 1 December 2008. Status of the figures: New figures for cattle population are provisional when first published. When new data from the Agricultural census become available the provisional figures become definite. Changes as of 08 October 2018: The provisional figures for April 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The provisional figures of April are published in September. The provisional figures of December are published in February of the next year. The definite figures of April and December are published in April of the next year.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises information about livestock manure production and production of nitrogen and phosphate in manure. It also includes data on excreted nitrogen that evaporates as ammonia and other nitrogen compounds. The use of nitrogen and phosphate in agricultural holdings is calculated from the manure production and the difference between supply and removal of manure. The use of manure is related to the available spreading area based on fertilising standards. Data available from: 1950. Status of the figures: Final figures with exception of figures on gaseous nitrogen losses in 2017; New insights in calculation methodologies can lead to recalculation of the time series. Changes as of 2 july 2018: Provisional figures on manure production and nutrient excretion in 2017 are replaced by final figures. When will new figures be published? In the first quarter of 2019 provisional figures on manure production and nutrient excretion in 2018 and final figures on manure transports and the use of manure by agricultural holdings in 2017 will be published.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides twice-yearly information about the number of pigs on Dutch agricultural holdings. The number of pigs is broken down into: - type of pigs (piglets, pigs for fattening, breeding pigs); - reference date (April, August and December). N.B. the considerable difference between the figures for 1997 and the previous and subsequent years are caused by the swine fever outbreak in February 1997 and the following clear-outs. Data available from: April 1981. Status of the figures: New figures are provisional when first published. When new data from the Agricultural census become available the provisional figures become definite. Changes as of 8 October 2018: The provisional figures for April 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The provisional figures of April are published in September. The provisional figures of December are published in February of the next year. The definite figures of April and December are published in April of the next year.
  • M
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the indicators of the macroeconomic scoreboard. Furthermore, some additional indicators are shown. To identify in a timely manner existing and potential imbalances and possible macroeconomic risks within the countries of the European Union in an early stage, the European Commission has drawn up a scoreboard with fourteen indicators. This scoreboard is part of the Macroeconomic Imbalance Procedure (MIP). This table contains quarterly and annual figures for both these fourteen indicators and nine additional indicators for the Netherlands. The fourteen indicators in the macroeconomic scoreboard are: - Current account balance as % of GDP, 3 year moving average - Net international investment position, % of GDP - Real effective exchange rate, % change on three years previously - Share of world exports, % change on five years previously - Nominal unit labour costs, % change on three years previously - Deflated house prices, % change on one year previously - Private sector credit flow as % of GDP - Private sector debt as % of GDP - Government debt as % of GDP - Unemployment rate, three year moving average - Total financial sector liabilities, % change on one year previously - Activity rate, % of total population aged 15-64, change in percentage points on three years previously - Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74, change in percentage points on three years previously - Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24, change in percentage points on three years previously The additional indicators are: - Real effective exchange rate, index - Share of world exports, % - Nominal unit labour costs, index - Households credit flow as % of GDP - Non-financial corporations credit flow as % of GDP - Household debt as % of GDP - Non-financial corporations debt as % of GDP - Activity rate, % of total population aged 15-64 - Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 Data available from: first quarter of 2006. Status of the figures: Annual and quarterly data are provisional. Changes as of 11 October 2018: For all indicators except the long-term unemployment, figures for the second quarter of 2018 have been added. For the long-term unemployment the figure for the first quarter of 2018 have been added. Due to the benchmark revision of 2015, national accounts data changed for the period from 1995 onwards. As a result MIP indicators differ from previous data deliveries as well. When will new figures be published? New data are published within 120 days after the end of each quarter. The first quarter may be revised in October, the second quarter in January. Quarterly data for the previous three quarters are adjusted along when the fourth quarter figures are published in April. This corresponds with the first estimate of the annual data for the previous year. The annual and quarterly data for the last three years are revised together with the publication of the first quarter in July.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on a quarterly basis about revenue and expenditure and the balance of the main units of local government: municipalities, provinces, communal arrangements and public water boards. Data are extracted from the administration of the respective local government units. This means that these figures are compiled according to the national law for the financial administration for the local government units (the law 'Besluit Begroting en Verantwoording gemeenten en provincies' – BBV) and consequently, differ from the figures of the national accounts composed in accordance with ESA standards. No corrections are made for potential errors in the source data. However, if the provided local government data are of poor quality, they are not used but replaced by estimated figures. With this table, the Netherlands meets the requirements as laid down in the Directive EU 2011/85. This directive is part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package ('Sixpack'), adopted by the European Council in 2011. Data available from: first quarter 2014. Status of the figures: The status of all recent figures is provisional. When figures for a new quarter are published, the provisional figures of the previous quarter may be adjusted. After publication of the annual figures according to the local government administration, the status of the quarterly figures becomes definite. The annual figures are published in December, one year after the end of the reporting year. Changes as from 28 August 2018: Figures for the second quarter of 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New quarterly figures are published three months after the quarter under review. When figures for a new quarter are published, the provisional figures of the previous quarter may be adjusted.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in stocks of finished goods in the manufacturing industry, SIC 2008 section C. The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2015. Year-on-year changes are also published. Data available from: January 2012. Status of the figures: Stocks of finished goods: the five most recent months are provisional. Changes as of 29 November 2018: The provisional figures of the month September 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? The first provisional figures are published within approximately 55 calendar days after the reporting month.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes the most important key figures on marriage dissolutions due to death and divorce among the registered population of the Netherlands. Excluding dissolutions due to ending registered partnerships. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: All data recorded in this table are final data. Changes per 5 November 2018: Data of 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? In the last quarter of 2019 final figures of 2018 will be added in this publication.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes data on contracted marriages and registered partnerships among the Dutch population. The following information is available: - Marriages by sex of the partners. - Marrying persons by sex and marital status before marriage. - Average age at marriage by sex and marital status. - Average number of contracted marriages by sex. - Partnership registrations by sex of the partners. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: All figures in this publication are final data. Changes per 5 June 2018: Final figures of 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures of 2018 will be added in the 2nd quarter of 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      In the Netherlands about 96 percent of all raw cow's milk from dairy farmers is delivered to dairy factories. The remaining 4 percent is kept by the dairy farmers themselves for their own use (to feed young cattle and/or manufacture dairy products). This table contains data about the volume of cow's milk delivered by dairy farmers and the products manufactured by the dairy industry in the Netherlands. The table contains monthly figures as well as yearly figures. The figures on raw cow's milk concern volume, protein content and fat content. Dairy products include butter, cheese, milk powder, concentrated milk and whey in powder or block form. The data in this table are provided by the Netherlands Enterprise Agency(RVO) gathers data for two series on dairy products, namely monthly statistics and yearly statistics. As the monthly figures are based on about 98 percent of all cow's milk delivered to dairy factories, a provisional adjustment is done by the Agency. This adjustment only concerns collected milk and these monthly figures are revised when the yearly figures become available. The table does not contain figures about fresh products such as drinking milk for consumption or acidified milk products such as yoghurts. Figures about these products are only available for the years 1995-1997. Data available from: January 1995 Status of the figures: The monthly figures are provisional at first publication. Definite month and year figures are published in August/December of the following year. Changes as of 15 November 2018: The provisional figures of September 2018 have been added. The figures of June 2018, July 2018 and August have been updated. When will new figures be published? Approximately six weeks after the month under review.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains monthly and yearly figures on the labour participation and unemployment in the Netherlands. The population of 15 to 75 years old (excluding the institutionalized population) is divided into the employed, the unemployed and the people who are not in in the labour force. The different groups are further broken down by sex and age. Next to the original monthly figures on the labour force you can also find monthly figures that are seasonally adjusted. Data available from: January 2003 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 15 November 2018: The figures about October 2018 have been added. In this version quarterly figures have been added. The annual changes have been removed, the order and labelling of the topics have been changed. Changes as of 18 October 2018: The figures of September 2018 have been added. Changes as of 21 January 2016: Statistics Netherlands (CBS) uses model-based estimates to calculate monthly labour force data. In order to reduce the margins on month-on-month changes, the unemployment benefits was incorporated in the unemployment model as an additional source of information. Following the adoption of the Work and Security Act (Wwz), a new classification method on the basis of income adjustment was introduced in July 2015, which structurally increased the number of current unemployment benefits. As a result, this information is no longer suitable for the mentioned model and from November 2015 onwards these data are no longer referred to. Therefore, labour force figures for November 2015 have been adjusted. The figures on December 2015 and the year 2015 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures on the most recent month are published monthly, in the third week of the month.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains monthly and yearly figures on the labour participation and unemployment in the Netherlands according to the definition of the labour force which was used for publications by Statistics Netherlands until 2015. The population of 15 to 65 years old (excluding the institutionalized population) is divided into the employed, the unemployed and the people who are not in in the labour force. The different groups are further broken down by sex and age. Next to the original monthly figures on the labour force you can also find monthly figures that are seasonally adjusted. Data available from: January 2003 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. Changes as of 15 November 2018: The figures about October 2018 have been added. In this version quarterly figures have been added. The annual changes have been removed, the order and labelling of the topics have been changed. Changes as of 18 October 2018: The figures about September 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures on the most recent month are published monthly, in the third week of the month.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes key figures on mortality in the Dutch population broken down by gender. The figures include totals and ratios of deceased persons, infant mortality, mortality in babies younger than 4 weeks and perinatal mortality (after a gestation period of 24 weeks or more and after a gestation period of 28 weeks or more). The table also presents figures on life expectancy at birth and average age at death. For additional information on Mortality the reader is referred to the Dutch tables. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: All data recorded in this publication are final data. Changes as of 4 June 2018: Data of 2017 have been added. Changes as of 20 April 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? In the third quarter 2019 final figures of 2018 will be published.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on deliveries of motor fuels for transport and other customers in the Netherlands. Deliveries are either for consumption in the Netherlands and international road transport, which is called final consumption, or for international sea and air transport, which is traditionally called bunkering. The table gives figure for all modes of transport and Agricultural and mobile equipment. Figures for relevant motor fuels are given by transport category. Pure biofuels for road transport are not included in this table. Blended biofuels are included in the deliveries of motor gasoline and transport diesel. Biofuels are products produced from agricultural crops. Deliveries of motor fuels are expressed by energy (petajoules) and physical units (million kg or million kWh). Deliveries for road transport are also published in volume (million litres). This table includes figures (in petajoules) on total transport, total road transport, total water transport, total air transport and total rail transport. This is not possible for physical units, due to different units (e.g. kg and kWh) are not countable. Since 2013, low-duty red diesel no longer sold. The customers of these red diesel, such as construction and agriculture, have since been obliged to fill the high-duty diesel also consumed by road transport. Until August 2016 was a month made a model-based estimate of the share of road transport in the use of diesel. This model-based estimation is no longer considered responsible for determining monthly figures. The difference in fuel consumption between road transport and other customers in the month of tables is therefore lapsed. On an annual basis, the difference in fuel consumption between road transport and other consumers will be published in the following table: 'Energy; supply, transformation and consumption. Data available from: From 1946. Status of the figures: All figures from 1946 to December 2015 are definite. Figures from January 2016 onwards are provisional. Changes as of 6 November 2018: Provisional figures of August 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: in the third month after the month under review. Definite figures: not later than in the following December.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information on turnover and development in turnover in the sector motor vehicles and motorcycles trade (SIC 2008 code 45). These figures are shown both unadjusted and adjusted for working day effects. Developments are presented as percentage changes compared to a previous period and by means of indices. In this table, the base year is 2015 Data available from 1st quarter 2005. Status of the figures: Figures on 2018 are provisional, the preceding periods are definite. The figures of a calendar year will become definitive no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be “provisional” and can still be adjusted as a result of corrected response. Changes as of November 23, 2018: Figures of the third quarter 2018 have been added. Figures of the previous periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. The topics indices for turnover and year-on-year change in turnover are as of the 3rd quarter of 2018 also adjusted for working day effects. The figures up to 2013 are partly corrected. Due to a new calculation methodology the year on year changes differ slightly from the previously published figures. When will new figures be published? Quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only apply adjustments if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Январь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains key data on the vehicle fleet of passenger cars, motorcycles and commercial vehicles (by vehicle category) and by age class of the vehicle. The figures are based on the registration numbers provided by the Dutch Road Traffic Authority (RDW). All vehicles registered on 1 January of each year have been counted, the data are recorded and stored and the register can be accessed for statistical purposes. As from 2004, the total count of vehicles is not fully comparable with previous years due to separate registration of trailers and semi-trailers. Data available from: 2000 Status of the figures: final Changes as of 31 January 2018 Figures of the vehicle fleet on 1 January 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures of the vehicle fleet on 1 January 2019 will be published in February 2019.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Amount of municipal waste collected by or on behalf of municipalities in the Netherlands. Amount of waste by type of waste, province, municipal size class and degree of urbanisation. Statistical information on waste treatment. Data available from: 1993 Status of the figures: The 2015 and 2016 data are revised provisional and the 2017 data are provisional; all other data are final. Changes as of 4 July 2018: Provisional data for 2017 has been added. When will new figures be published? Revised provisional data for 2017 will be published in September 2018.
  • N
    • Октябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the physical data on natural gas and oil reserves that are derived from the annual publication Natural resources and geothermal energy in the Netherlands (formerly Oil and gas in the Netherlands) by TNO commissioned by the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The reserves consist of the demonstrated and commercially producible quantities of natural gas and oil found in the Netherlands, plus the amount pending development. The opening stock of the reserves is 1 January and the closing stock is 31 December. Definitions and data are in accordance with the Petroleum Resource Management System which has been used by TNO since 2013. For reasons of consistency with Dutch terminology, we have opted to use reserves rather than resources as used in the TNO report. Data available from: 1987 Status of the figures: The figures in this table for the last year are provisional. The figures for the other years are final. Changes as of 24 Oktober, 2017 The provisional figures for 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are published annually in the autumn.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the supply and the consumption of natural gas as a balance sheet. The supply of natural gas is calculated as the sum of indigenous production, production from other sources, imports minus exports plus stock changes. This is equal to the amount of natural gas used in the Netherlands in the same period. This consumption is broken down by how it's delivered by the gas distribution network. This consists of a main grid and connected regional grids. Large-scale consumers, like power plants and large companies, receive the gas directly from the main distribution network. Small-scale consumers, including households, receive their natural gas through the regional grids. Then a small amount of natural gas is used in the indigenous production and transportation of natural gas. Lastly, there is flared and vented natural gas. Data available: From 1946 annually and from 1982 annually, quarterly and monthly. Status of the figures: All figures up to 2015 are definite. Figures of 2016 are revised provisional. Figures of 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of November 30th 2018 Figures of September 2018 have been added. Changes as of 19th April 2018 Figures of December 2017 have been added. The natural gas balance have been revised. Revision of natural gas includes : 1. Figures on the balance sheet items of the supply of natural gas (indigenous production, imports, exports and stock change) have been adjusted from the year 2000 onwards, because the stock change in the underground storage facilities for natural gas have now been included and it is no longer assumed that these supplies were part of the indiginous production of natural gas system (as before). The exchange of the Dutch main gas network with underground storage facilities abroad is now also booked as import and export. The build-up of the cushion gas is included in the balance as non-energy use of natural gas. These adjustments do not affect the consumption of natural gas, except for the extra non-energy use as a result of the build-up of stock cushion gas. 2. The distribution losses of natural gas turned out to be not a leak of natural gas, but own use of natural gas by natural gas grid companies. The distribution losses of natural gas is therefore set at 0 and the corresponding quantities of natural gas are included as own use of natural gas in the energy sector. This applies to the period 1990 up to and including 2014. 3. Figures on the production of natural gas from other transformation have been improved by also using data from natural gas grid companies. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: in the third month after the month under review. Revised provisional figures: not later than in the following December. Definite figures: not later than in the second following December.
    • Декабрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows figures on the supply of electricity and natural gas through the public grid to companies in the branches F-U of the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC 2008) including the supply to industrial grids. In-house electricity production for private use only is not included in these figures. The figures are based on data provided by the operators of the public electricity and natural gas grids in the Netherlands. All Dutch grid operators have provided relevant data. Data available from: 2010. Status of the figures: The status of the figures from 2010 to 2016 definite. The status of the figures over 2017 is provisional. Changes as December 2018: Definite figures of 2016 and provisional figures of 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? Definite figures over 2017 and provisional figures over 2018 will be published in the 3th quarter of 2018.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows relevant data for the economic sector 'agriculture and horticulture services' (SIC code 0161 according to the new Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008)), e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2018
      Выбрать
      This dataset presents information about developments in turnover in the sector Business services (SIC section M and N). The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset presents climate data from the Dutch weather station De Bilt (source: KNMI). The average winter and summer temperatures, which started in 1800, are the longest current series shown in the table. The series on the average year temperature and on hours of sunshine per year started in 1900. For the number of days below of above a certain temperature (ice days, summery days) the ranges started between 1940 and 1950. The complete set of climate data is available from 1980 onwards
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 июня, 2018
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides annual data about the compensation of employees, the wage costs and the labour volume of employees. Compensation of employees is classified in wages and salaries and employers' social contributions. The wage costs are the total of wages, social contributions paid by employers and taxes on wage costs minus wage cost subsidies. The labor volume is given in jobs (by sex and by full-time or part-time), full-time equivalent (fte), hours paid, hours agreed and hours worked. The table additionally provides the compensation of employees, wages and salaries and wage costs related to full-time equivalents and hours worked  
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Flow of pupils in education Type of school, certified, gender
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains information about jobs and wages of employees working at enterprises in the Netherlands, broken down by locus of control of these enterprises. A distinction is made between domestically and foreign controlled enterprises. The figures refer only to enterprises with employees. For these enterprises the total number of jobs is given, as well as the composition of these jobs by employee characteristics (job status, gender, age, country of origin, and wage levels). The average taxable annual salary per job is also given
    • Июнь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      1.Data Cited from https://opendata.cbs.nl/dataportaal/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS&tableId=03742eng&_theme=1041 2.Immigration and emigration and the administrative corrections in the Netherlands by country of birth, sex, age and marital status
    • Июль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset consists of the balance sheet of financial corporations. It enables to compare institutional investors with monetary financial institutions, captive financial institutions and money lenders and other financial intermediaries and financial auxiliaries
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 апреля, 2018
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers investments of institutional investors with a breakdown by type of investment. It enables analyzing on a quarterly basis shifts over time in the investment portfolio of institutional investors. This is possible for the total of institutional investors, and for each of the three groups: pension funds, insurance corporations and non-MMF investment funds
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows the development of traffic density of motor vehicles at national and provincial trunk roads outside urban areas, measured at stationary counting points and expressed as an index. These indices of traffic volume are further broken down by region and by weekdays and working days
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 апреля, 2018
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers investments of institutional investors in Dutch investment fund shares. From 2009 on there is a spectacular growth as a consequence of the transformation by pension funds of their own investments into shares in investment funds that have been established by the pension funds themselves. This transformation leads to a double counting of these investments: with pension funds as investment fund shares and with investment funds as equity, debt securities and direct property. From 2013 on this type of transformation occurs also by insurance corporations. The double counting is avoided by excluding investments in Dutch investment fund shares
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset includes information on the number of enterprises under Dutch and foreign control, broken down by the percentage of employees by gender, age and country of origin, number of jobs, average number of jobs per enterprise, yearly labour turnover and share of high-paid and low-paid employees per enterprise. By means of a specific linking of enterprises and corresponding jobs, the data presented in this table are roughly in line with those in other tables on this subject (see section 4 for further explanation). Data in this table are presented by year, by classification according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 1993) and the country of the Ultimate Controlling Institute (UCI) of the enterprise.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      In this dataset you can find a historical series of figures since 1800 on the composition of the Dutch labour force from 15-64 by sex and a few other personal characteristics. The data on the registered unemployed by ethnic background and level of education are only available from 1996 and onwards. The figures on professional prestige, socio-economic status and social class are only available from 1975 and onwards and only concern the total employed labour force. Until 1987 the definition of the employed labour force deviates somewhat from the current definition. It concerns people who work at least 15 hours a week instead of 12 hours a week.
    • Январь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 апреля, 2018
      Выбрать
      This dataset comprises information about livestock manure production and production of nitrogen and phosphate in manure. It also includes data on excreted nitrogen that evaporates as ammonia and other nitrogen compounds. The use of nitrogen and phosphate in agricultural holdings is calculated from the manure production and the difference between supply and removal of manure. The use of manure is related to the available spreading area based on fertilizing standards
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 июня, 2018
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides data about the employment of employees and self-employed persons. It contains annual and quarterly data on employed persons, jobs, and hours worked. The seasonal adjusted time series are also available in this dataset
    • Июнь 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains key figures from the environmental accounts and the National Accounts. It shows contributions to various environmental issues such as global warming, acidification, environmental costs and environmental taxes by industries. In addition, some economic characteristics of the National accounts are included for comparison, e.g. gross value added and the number of employee jobs converted to full-time equivalents. The environmental accounts are consistent with the concepts and definitions of the National Accounts. This implies that, for physical material flows, the direct relationship with the Dutch economy is the focal point. Material flows are attributed to the economic activities where the actions actually take place, they are registered according to the residence principle. This means that all air pollution caused by Dutch transport companies is taken into account for the Netherlands, but that air pollution caused by transport companies from abroad within the Dutch territory is not. The environmental accounts are based on figures from the environmental statistics. These data are based on the territory principle, however, everything that happens within the Dutch territory. Because of the consistency between the environmental accounts and the National Accounts, Dutch environmental indicators can be compared directly to the main economic indicators. Due to the difference in approach between environmental accounts and environmental statistics, results may vary somewhat.
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 мая, 2018
      Выбрать
      It contains quarterly and annual data on production, expenditures, income and external economic transactions of The Netherlands. The above mentioned macroeconomic variables are presented in: - Percentage volume changes on corresponding quarter of previous year. - Percentage volume changes on previous period. - Percentage value changes on corresponding quarter of previous year. - Percentage value changes on previous period. - Percentage price changes on corresponding quarter of previous year.
    • Сентябрь 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains a waste balance with information on the origin and destination of different types of solid waste. The amount of waste produced by households and different industries and imports is presented. Regarding the destination of waste a distinction is made between different ways of treatment (recycling, incineration and disposal on land) and exports. The waste accounts are suitable for analysis, for example drivers behind changes in waste indicators over time
    • Сентябрь 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains a waste balance with information on the origin and destination of different types of solid waste. The amount of waste produced by households and different industries and imports is presented. Regarding the destination of waste a distinction is made between different ways of treatment (recycling, incineration and disposal on land) and exports. The waste accounts are suitable for analysis, for example drivers behind changes in waste indicators over time.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
        This dataset presents figures on overdrafts on current accounts. Figures from the Dutch Central Bank are used one-on-one by Statistics Netherlands. In this dataset you will find figures about savings (deposits) which are held by private individuals. Two types of savings accounts (deposits) are distinguished: - Deposits redeemable at notice - Deposits with agreed maturity Figures from DNB are taken over by CBS 1-on-1. In January 2001 a new series was introduced because of a change in the obligation to report imposed on credit institutions. In January 2009 a new series was introduced. The savings-data from the Dutch Central Bank (DNB), composed by means of a renewed raising-method, are as from this date taken over 1-on-1 by Statistics Netherlands(CBS). In June 2010 the Dutch central bank (de Nederlandsche Bank, DNB) commenced a new series. As of this date the savings data from DNB is specified by counter-party. A refined grossing-up and compilation methodology has also been introduced.
    • Февраль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains data on prices of the main species of fish landed at Dutch fish auctions. The fish may be landed by both Dutch and foreign vessels. The table covers fresh fish, not fish caught and frozen on board the vessel. Frozen fish is not traded through auctions, but is directly delivered to retailers, caterers and the processing industry. Prices are in euro per 1000 kilograms. 
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows relevant data for the economic sector 'motor vehicles and motorcycles trade ', e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008)
    • Июль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows the investments of pension funds before and after consolidation of the shares in Dutch investment funds. From 2009 on there is a spectacular growth because of the transformation by various large pension funds of their own investments into shares in investment funds that have been established by the pension funds themselves. As a consequence pension funds invest a far greater part in shares and a far minor part in debt securities such as bonds. Consolidating the shares in Dutch investment funds gives a more balanced picture of the composition of the investments of pension funds
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains forecasts (including intervals) of the population of The Netherlands on 1 January by age groups (three age-groups) and population dynamics: live births, deaths and external migration. Furthermore, the table contains information about the total fertility rate, demographic pressure and (period) life expectancy at birth and at age 65 by sex
    • Август 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      1.Data Cited from https://opendata.cbs.nl/dataportaal/portal.html?_la=en&_catalog=CBS&tableId=37325eng&_theme=1042 2.Population in The Netherlands by generation, sex, age, marital status and origin, 1 January
    • Ноябрь 2005
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Crime victims by background characteristics: sex, age, highest level of education, number of addresses per km2 of the place of residence
    • Декабрь 2005
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Feelings of insecurity due to crime: Scared to be at home alone, or open the front door, scary places etc.
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains information about compensations to former suspects and about the granting of pardons. The data concerning compensations are subdivided into compensations due to wrongful incarceration and compensations for costs as a result of being a suspect. Of these compensations, there is information on - submitted requests - granted requests - granted amounts for the requests and the average amount per granted request The data on pardons are subdivided into received requests for a pardon and decisions on pardons. - granted unconditional pardons - granted conditional pardons - denied requests for pardons
    • Март 2005
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Victims of frequently occurring crime. Violent crime, thelft, vandalism, hit - and-run accidents, harassment by phone
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows relevant data for the economic sector 'commercial services', e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows relevant data for the economic sectors water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities, e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008)
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      The purpose of this table is to provide current information on the opinions of Dutch producers about performance, expectations and assessment concerning their enterprises. The survey covers enterprises in commercial services, retail trade and manufacturing industry. The Business sentiment survey makes it possible to indicate turning points in sentiment at an early stage. In this way a change in the trend of economic activity of Dutch companies is available at a early stage. The questions put to the companies relate to production,sales, prices, orders, stocks, investment, competitiveness,economic climate, workforce and the factors limiting production. In answering the questions relating to developments in the past three months and expectations for the next tree months, the enterpreneurs are asked for a comparison with the preceding period of three months. This publication is created using co-financing by the European Commission. Status of the figures: All data are definite. Data available from Services: April 1992 Data available from Retail Trade: May 2008 Data available from Industry: February 1989 Changes as of 29 November 2018: The results for November 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? December 2018 figures are expected to be published on 28 December 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset presents information about developments in domestic turnover of the construction industry (SIC 2008 section F). The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008) and by two size classes. The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published.  
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The output indicator on construction reflects the volume development of the value added (basic prices) in the sector construction according to the Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 41, 42 and 43). Monthly figures of construction are made consistent with figures of Quarterly accounts when these are available. Monthly figures are also corrected for price changes. When the last month of a quarter is published, the second estimate of Quarterly accounts figures of the National accounts are not yet available. Therefore, figures of value added of construction in the table can differ from value added figures of National accounts. Subjects: Volume changes, compared to the same period of the previous year and volume index figures, base year 2010=100.  
    • Июль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      The figures of existing own homes are related to the stock of existing own homes. Besides the price indices, figures are also published about the numbers sold, the average purchase price, and the total sum of the purchase prices of the sold dwellings. The House Price Index of existing own homes is based on a complete registration of sales of dwellings by the Dutch Land Registry Office (Kadaster) and the (WOZ) value of all dwellings in the Netherlands. Indices may fluctuate, for example if a small number of a certain type of dwellings are sold. In such cases we recommended using the long-term figures. The average purchase price of existing own homes may differ from the price index of existing own homes. The change in the average purchase price, however, is not an indicator for price developments of existing own homes.  
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Statistics Netherlands calculates monthly the series New dwellings; input price indices building costs to monitor the costs of new dwellings (labour and materials) in the Netherlands. An input price index is determined on the basis of price changes of the various cost components making up the product - in this case a new dwelling. Changes in the prices of building equipment (tools and machinery), general costs, profit and risk are not included in the input price index. Other cost components, such as energy and transport, are also not taken into account as their influence on the final cost price is relatively modest. Land costs are also not included in the index.  
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      The statistics on building permits granted provide information on the number of houses to be built. The statistics on dwellings provide information on the number of houses constructed. The statistics on the dwelling stock provide information on the dwelling stock by type of dwelling. Subjects: Number of dwellings for which building permits have been issued by ownership and client. Number of houses to be finished. Number of houses finished by ownership, client, type and number of rooms. Dwelling stock and changes in the dwelling stock. Stock recreational houses and number of places in special buildings. Data published by groups of provinces, provinces, COROP-regions, urban regions, metropolitan agglomerations and municipalities. 
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      The statistics on changes in the dwelling stock provide information on the increase, decrease at the beginning and at the end of each quarter and year, broken down by type of ownership. Data published by provinces, COROP-regions, urban regions, metropolitan agglomerations and municipalities. To facilitate comparison, national figures are also provided. Municipal re-divisions as well as border corrections may induce changes in the above classifications.  
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows the number and types of broadband subscribers in several countries. The table includes a part of the Broadband Statistics of the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development). The number of broadband subscribers per 100 inhabitants is shown and divided into DSL (Digital Subscriber Line), cable, glass fiber and other (among which satellite Internet access). Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.    
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset gives an overview of the number of continental and intercontinental destinations that can be accessed by passengers from major European airports near cities. The importance of good connections by airplane within and outside Europe increases with the continuing globalization of the economy. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows the international developments in the capital stock and the investments. Beside the picture of the total economy, a category has been made for ICT (information and communication technology). The table is related both to the physical capital stock and its renewal or extension by means of (foreign) capital investments, and to the money that is necessary to finance the investments, in particular the venture capital. The scope of the capital and the investments in a country are mainly defined by the propensity of entrepreneurs to invest. Investment behavior is partly defined by the investment climate.  
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides for several countries an overview of : - business ownership rate; - prospective and young entrepreneurship; - firm turbulence (births and exits of enterprises, business survival rate); - fast-growing enterprises; - propensity towards entrepreneurship; - self-employment rate (by sex). High business turnover rates, many fast-growing enterprises, many young entrepreneurs and a positive attitude towards entrepreneurship are an indication of a favorable investment climate. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.  
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides an international overview of several aspects of how the government functions in relation to the investment climate. The functioning of the apparatus of government is about two roles, namely: (1) the government corrects markets that do not work well. It is expressed by the degree in which the government exerts influence on economic activity (for example by state control, sect-oral and ad hoc state support and rules for starting up a business); (2) the government as a market party, for example as a supplier of online basic public services. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.    
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      In this Dataset international comparisons are made of the current and the potential supply of labour and of the labour costs. The composition of the current supply of labour is represented by a breakdown of levels of education of working persons (primary, secondary and tertiary education). The level of education of the potential supply of labour is indicated by the performance of students and the proportion of unemployed persons. The level of education is an indicator for human capital allocated to production. Labour costs are expressed in costs per hour and the unit labour costs. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.    
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides an international overview of the quality of infrastructure. Particularly figures on expenditure on ICT and knowledge infrastructure as well as figures on the efficiency of distribution infrastructure is given. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.   
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides an international overview of indicators for innovation. It emphasizes figures on innovative enterprises. Besides, the table shows patent applications and turnover of new or significantly improved products. Finally, data on types of non-technological innovation are presented. High scores on the mentioned indicators for innovative entrepreneurship indicate a good investment climate. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.  
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      In this Dataset international comparisons are made of macroeconomic conditions on the basis of a number of elementary performance indicators: - Inflation; - Long-term interest rate; - Net borrowing/lending of consolidated general government sector; - General government debt; - Unemployment; - Imports and exports, related to Gross Domestic Product (GDP); - Goods trade with non-EU countries; - Container transport. These indicators give an overall picture of the international competitive position of a country. The macroeconomic circumstances define the basic climate within which companies develop their activities. Good macroeconomic conditions ensure a favorable climate in which enterprises can function well. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.  
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset gives an indication of the market competition and an overview of legislation, other government measures and barriers that (could) influence market competition for the Netherlands and a dedicated group of benchmark countries. These indicators provide information on mark-up, employment protection legislation, public procurement and state support. For the investment climate it is important that market competition (nationally and internationally) is obstructed as little as possible by legislation or other barriers which make it difficult for enterprises to enter the market. Note: Internationally harmonized definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. These definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.  
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset gives an overview of the costs of hiring office space in several countries. The indicator for the country concerned is based on the rent (including service costs and property tax) of high quality office space (class A). For example, the West End in London was selected for the United Kingdom, Amsterdam was selected for the Netherlands. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands. Data available from: January 2001 up to April 2013. Status of the figures: The external source of these data frequently supplies adjusted figures on preceding periods. These adjusted data are not mentioned as such in the table.    
    • Август 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset gives for a number of countries the (future) development of ageing (old-age dependency ratio) and the young-age dependency ratio. In this table not only the years 2000 and 2010 are presented but also future projections of the age-dependency ratios. In the Netherlands as well as in several other countries ageing is expected to grow in the (near) future. Also the young-age dependency ratio may decrease. These developments will influence the labour market and the balance between the active and non-active part of the population and so the investment climate. Note: Comparable definitions are used to compare the figures presented internationally. The definitions sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. So, the figures in this table could differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.  
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset gives a couple of social factors which are important for a country's investment climate. Attitudes towards work are important with regards to business activities, for example if employees prefer a part-time job or have a tendency to change jobs quickly. Political choices influence the scope entrepreneurs have, as well as the incentives to work (expressed here in social benefits and minimum wage). This table gives information about the development of job mobility, part-time employment, social benefits and minimum wages for several countries. Note: Comparable definitions are used to facilitate international comparisons of the figures. The definitions used here sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table can differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.    
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides an international comparison of the performance of the economy. This is done by means of a number of broadly accepted economic indicators as gross domestic product and employed labour force. These indicators are complemented by a number of indicators on the quality of life and ecological sustainability. Note: Comparable definitions are used to facilitate international comparisons of the figures. The definitions used here sometimes differ from definitions used by Statistics Netherlands. The figures in this table can differ from Dutch figures presented elsewhere on the website of Statistics Netherlands.    
    • Февраль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information about jobs and wages of employees working at enterprises in the Netherlands, broken down by locus of control of these enterprises. A distinction is made between domestically and foreign controlled enterprises. The figures refer only to enterprises with employees. For these enterprises the total number of jobs is given, as well as the composition of these jobs by employee characteristics (job status, gender, age, country of origin, and wage levels). The average taxable annual salary per job is also given.  
    • Февраль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information about jobs and wages of employees working at enterprises in the Netherlands, broken down by locus of control of these enterprises. A distinction is made between domestically and foreign controlled enterprises. The figures refer only to enterprises with employees. For these enterprises, the total number of jobs is given as well as the composition of these jobs by employee characteristics (job status, gender, age, country of origin, and wage levels). The average taxable annual salary per job is also given.  
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset includes information on the number of enterprises under Dutch and foreign control, broken down by the percentage of employees by gender, age and country of origin, number of jobs, average number of jobs per enterprise, yearly labor turnover and share of high-paid and low-paid employees per enterprise. By means of a specific linking of enterprises and corresponding jobs, the data presented in this table are roughly in line with those in other tables on this subject (see section 4 for further explanation). Data in this table are presented by year, by classification according to Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities (SIC 1993) and the country of the Ultimate Controlling Institute (UCI) of the enterprise.  
    • Март 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains figures on the use of information and communication technology (ICT) by companies. These include: - use of computers; - internal and external networks, including the internet; - software and its application; - Supply Chain Management; - Automated Data Exchange; - communication with government via the internet; - the extent to which companies use the internet for buying and selling; - Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). The figures refer to companies with 10 and more employed persons. Reference date is 31 December.
    • Март 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains figures on the use of information and communication technology (ICT) by companies. These include: - use of computers; - internal and external networks, including the internet; - software and its application; - Supply Chain Management; - Automated Data Exchange; - communication with government via the internet; - the extent to which companies use the internet for buying and selling; - Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). The figures refer to companies with 10 and more employed persons. Reference date is 31 December.    
    • Март 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains figures on the use of information and communication technology (ICT) by companies. These include: - use of computers; - internal and external networks, including the internet; - software and its application; - Supply Chain Management; - Automated Data Exchange; - communication with government via the internet; - the extent to which companies use the internet for buying and selling; - Radio Frequency Identification (RFID). The figures refer to companies with 10 and more employed persons. Reference date is 31 December.  
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains figures on research en development (R&D) activities carried out by own staff, of companies, institutes and the higher education sector with 10 and more employed persons in the Netherlands. Outsourced R&D is excluded. The figures include: - R&D expenditures: own staff; - own R&D staff in full-time equivalents. Figures relate to: - companies; - institutes, consisting of: * research institutes; * central government institutions; * health care and welfare institutions; * other institutes. - institutes for higher education, consisting of: * publicly financed universities; * university hospitals or parts thereof; * institutes for higher professional education (hbo).  
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This publication provides information on the electorate, turnout, valid votes cast and distribution of seats by political party in the Dutch Lower House from 1918.      
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information on the finances of the general government sector. The terms and definitions used are in accordance with the framework of the National Accounts. The National Accounts are based on the international definitions of the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010). In some cases the terms from the National Accounts are replaced by everyday descriptions of revenue and expenditure transactions. In these cases the corresponding term from the National Accounts is given in the explanation. Small temporary differences with publications of the National Accounts may occur due to the fact that the government finance statistics are sometimes more up to date.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information on the expenditure on health and social care including child care, in current and constant prices. The subjects cover expenses and finance of the care system, including price and volume developments. All activities within the area of health and social care are considered, irrespective of whether it concerns a major or minor activity of the economic units. These figures refer to a broader definition than internationally used in the System of Health Accounts, that refers to health care including long term nursing care (health).
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information on expenditure and financing in current prices on the health care used by residents in the Netherlands in one year. All activities within the area of health care are included, irrespective of whether they are performed within or outside the health care sector. These figures are based on the definition of the System of Health Accounts as used by EUROSTAT, the OECD and the WHO. The figures are derived from the Dutch statistics on health and social care, which cover a broader range of activities (including e.g. child day care, welfare, and social services). Exports are also included. In this table it can be found in the financing item Rest of the world; exports. This table also shows how the total figure in accordance with the System of Health Accounts is calculated from the total figure health and social care: Total figure on health and social care -/- health-related activities -/- other goods and services -/- exports = Total current expenditure on health    
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information on expenditure and financing in current prices on the health care used by residents in the Netherlands in one year. All activities within the area of health care are included, irrespective of whether they are performed within or outside the health care sector. These figures are based on the definition of the System of Health Accounts as used by EUROSTAT, the OECD and the WHO. The figures are derived from the Dutch statistics on health and social care, which cover a broader range of activities (including e.g. child day care, welfare, and social services). Exports are also included. In this table it can be found in the financing item Rest of the world; exports. This table also shows how the total figure in accordance with the System of Health Accounts is calculated from the total figure health and social care: Total figure on health and social care -/- exports -/- non-healthcare providers (welfare, children’s day care) -/- health-related products (like social long term care) = Total current expenditure on health    
    • Март 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Health perception, height, obesity, health complaints, physical limitations, psychosocial complaints by sex, type of insurance, 1981 - 2000    
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides data about the lifestyle and preventive behavior of the Dutch population. It comprises the following aspects: - smoking - use of alcohol - length, weight, people who are underweight and overweight - use of contraceptive pill - preventive research - influenza vaccination - physical activity The data are based on the Health Interview Survey conducted by Statistics Netherlands. They can be broken down by a number of personal characteristics. The Health Interview Survey is a continuous survey. Its population consists of Dutch residents of all ages in private households.      
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides data on contacts of the Dutch population with providers of medical care, including data on hospitalization and the use of medicines. It covers the following aspects: - contacts with GP - contacts with medical specialists - contacts with dentist - contacts with physiotherapist/remedial therapist - contacts with alternative healers - hospitalizations, with and without overnight stay - use of medicines, prescribed and non-prescribed - satisfaction with GP, specialist, dentist, physiotherapist, hospital The data are based on the Health Interview Survey conducted by Statistics Netherlands. They can be broken down by age and sex. The Health Interview Survey is a continuous survey. Its population consists of Dutch residents of all ages in private households.      
    • Март 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset provides data about the health, lifestyle and medical and use of medical care of the Dutch population. The data are based on the Health Interview Survey conducted by Statistics Netherlands. The Health Interview Survey is a continuous survey. Its population consists of Dutch residents of all ages in private households.  
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Use of medical facilities, visits to the GP, medical specialist, dentist, physiotherapist, alternative healers, hospital admissions, medicines, contraceptive pill, 1981 - 2009. DATA: Health-Interview-Survey    
    • Октябрь 2012
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2017
      Выбрать
      population who are happy and satisfied is presented for the total population and broken down by age and gender. In addition, these figures are available for different moments before and after the life event. In this way, experienced well being before or after a change in marital status or employment situation can be examined, Data available from:1998/2009: displayed figures are average numbers over these years.    
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on expenditure and financing in current prices on the health care used by residents in the Netherlands in one year. All activities within the area of health care are included, irrespective of whether they are performed within or outside the health care sector. These figures are based on the definition of the System of Health Accounts as used by EUROSTAT, the OECD and the WHO. The figures are derived from the Dutch statistics on health and social care, which cover a broader range of activities (including e.g. child day care, welfare, and social services). Exports are also included. In this table it can be found in the function M1(HC)+ : Other goods, services + exports. This table also shows how the total figure in accordance with the System of Health Accounts is calculated from the total figure on health and social care: Total figure on health and social care -/- health-related activities -/- other goods, services and exports (including welfare and children's day care, function M1(HC)+) = Total current expenditure on health.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      In this dataset the Dutch import, export value, trade balance and annual changes are broken down into sections, divisions and groups according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The data are further divided into continents and countries according to the Geonomenclature (GEONOM).
    • Октябрь 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information on characteristics of day trips in the Netherlands. Day trips are characterized by activity, season and weekday of the trip, by time of departure, destination, means of transportation used, distance traveled, duration of the day trip, composition of the travel party, and personal characteristics such as gender, age, household composition and region of residence.    
    • Март 2012
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Social participation; social contacts, evaluation of the personal situation, religious denomination, volunteer work by personal characteristics.    
    • Август 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains data on tourist expenditure. Tourism is not an industry in itself, but covers a wide range of products and services delivered to tourists from different industries. The table contains the sales of resident enterprises to resident and non-resident tourists, as well as the expenditures of resident tourists abroad. The figures are consistent with the conceptual framework of the National Accounts (NA ) and can be compared with existing macroeconomic indicators such as gross domestic product, the total value added and the total number of jobs in the Netherlands. The tourism accounts offer an integrated macroeconomic overview of the importance of tourism to the economy.    
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      Production and capacity utilisation, orders, sales prices, stocks final products, competitive position, sales, number of employees for enterprises by activity (SIC 93). February 1989 - October 2011. Changed on December 05 2011.
    • Июнь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows the supply, transformation and the consumption of energy in a balance sheet. Energy is released - among other things - during the combustion of for example natural gas, petroleum, hard coal and bio fuels. Energy can also be obtained from electricity or heat, or extracted from natural resources, e.g. wind or solar energy. In energy statistics all these sources of energy are known as energy commodities. The supply side of the balance sheet includes indigenous production of energy, net imports and exports and net stock changes. This is mentioned primary energy supply, because this is the amount of energy available for transformation or consumption in the country. For energy transformation, the table gives figures on the transformation input (amount of energy used to make other energy commodities), the transformation output (amount of energy made from other energy commodities) and net energy transformation. The latter is the amount of energy lost during the transformation of energy commodities. Then the energy balance sheet shows the final consumption of energy. This is the energy consumers utilize for energy purposes. The last form of energy use is non-energy use. This is the use of an energy commodity for a product that is not energy. 
    • Март 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains figures on the average consumption of electricity and natural gas per m2 floor area and by construction period for different types of buildings used in the services sector. Only data on electricity and gas delivered through the public grid are included. The consumption of natural gas has been corrected for temperature effects.
    • Июль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows the consumption of energy of households. Households are one or more people sharing the same living space, who provide their own everyday needs in a private, non-commercial way. Excludes transport. The consumption of energy is broken down by energy commodity, like for example petroleum products, natural gas and electricity.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 июня, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows the consumption of energy of companies broken down by branch based on the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC 2008). Consumption of energy can calculated in two ways. First from a consumption perspective. Consumption is final energy consumption plus non-energy use plus net energy transformation. The latter is the amount of energy lost during the transformation of energy commodities. Second from a supply perspective. Energy consumption is indigenous production plus supply minus delivery of energy plus stock change. The result of these two calculation perspectives is the same. The table also shows energy transformation input (the amount of energy used to produce other energy commodities) and energy transformation output (the amount of energy transformed from another energy commodity). 
    • Март 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains figures on the average consumption of electricity and natural gas per m2 floor area for different types of buildings used in the services sector. Only data on electricity and gas delivered through the public grid are included. The consumption of natural gas has been corrected for temperature effects.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      SIC: Standard industrial classification of economic activities. Selection possibilities: Index numbers, developments month-to-month and year-to-year for (sub)sections and division according to the Standard Business Classification distinguished to domestic output prices, non domestic output prices and total output prices.
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 июня, 2018
      Выбрать
      CPA 2008: Classification of Products by Activity.   This Dataset shows the price indices, quarterly and yearly changes in prices of services that companies provide. The figures are broken down by type of services according to the Coordinated European goods and services classification (CPA 2008). For some services, a further breakdown has been made on the basis of market data that differ from the CPA. This breakdown is indicated with a letter after the CPA code. The prices of services relate to the following sectors of commercial services: H Transportation and storage I Accommodation and food serving J Information and communication K Financial institutions L Renting, buying and selling real estate M Other specialized business services N Renting and other business support The base year for all producer price indices is 2010. The year average, quarterly and yearly changes are calculated with unrounded figures.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      The statistics on building permits granted provide information on the number of houses to be built. The statistics on dwellings provide information on the number of houses constructed. The statistics on the dwelling stock provide information on the dwelling stock by type of dwelling. Subjects: Number of dwellings for which building permits have been issued by ownership and client. Number of houses to be finished. Number of houses finished by ownership, client, type and number of rooms. Dwelling stock and changes in the dwelling stock. Stock recreational houses and number of places in special buildings. Data published by groups of provinces, provinces, COROP-regions, urban regions, metropolitan agglomerations and municipalities.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      The statistics on changes in the dwelling stock provide information on the increase, decrease at the beginning and at the end of each quarter and year, broken down by type of ownership.Data published by provinces, COROP-regions, urban regions, metropolitan agglomerations and municipalities. To facilitate comparison, national figures are also provided. Municipal redivisions as well as border corrections may induce changes in the above classifications.
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows the development of traffic density of motor vehicles at national and provincial trunk roads outside urban areas, measured at stationary counting points and expressed as an index. These indices of traffic volume are further broken down by region and by weekdays and working days.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows relevant data for the economic sector 'motor vehicles and motorcycles trade ', e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008).    
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset presents information about developments in turnover in the branch imports of new cars and light motor vehicles (SIC 45.111). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published.    
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows relevant data for the economic sector 'retail trade', e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008).    
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset presents information about developments in turnover in retail trade (SIC 2008 code 47). Turnover can be broken down into value, price and volume. The data can be further broken down by a number of branches of trade to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indexes with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published. Value and / or price and volume data are lacking (only) for some branches.  
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This Dataset presents information about developments in retail turnover (SIC 2008 code 47). The data can be broken down by different types of shops (shops, shops, etc.). The results are expressed in terms of indices and year-on-year changes. The survey used to measure turnover for online sales cover with 10 or more employees; these represent 65-70 percent of total online sales. Small businesses are not covered. The base year (2013) differs from other business statistics at the Statistics Netherlands, as data collection for this sector started in 2013. StatLine tables. The statistics on online sales are currently in an experimental phase. As a result, the methodology is still subject to revision.     
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset shows relevant data for the economic sector 'wholesale trade', e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008).    
    • Октябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2017
      Выбрать
      This Dataset presents information on the development of the volume of stocks in the sector wholesale trade (SIC 2008 code 462 - 469 (excluding commercial mediation and cars and motorcycles)). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published.  
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      The historical series 'New dwellings; input price indices of building costs 2000 = 100, from 1990' shows the development of the costs (wages and materials) involved in building new dwellings in the Netherlands, and has become available by linking series which were calculated separately in the past. An input price index is based on price changes in several cost components involved in realising a product, in this case a new dwelling. Changes in other cost components such as building equipment (tools and machines), general costs, profits and risk are not included in the index. Other cost components, such as energy and transport, are also not taken into account as their influence on the final cost price is relatively modest. Land costs are also not included in the index. From 1990 to December 1994 only figures of the materials are available. From 1995 onwards this series also includes wage figures. Also from 1995, figures are also available on total building costs by weighted aggregetion of these two series. Data available from: - Materials: January 1990 - Wages: January 1995 - Total building costs: January 1995 Status of the figures: The figures of the Total building costs and the Wages are definite to the year 2017. The figures for the Materials are definite to May 2018. Changes as of November 30, 2018: Figures of October 2018 have been added and the figures for the material component of May 2018 have been definite. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published at the end of December 2018.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains monthly figures on the input price index of new dwellings; input price indices building costs to monitor the costs of new dwellings (labour and materials) in the Netherlands. An input price index is determined on the basis of price changes of the various cost components making up the product - in this case a new dwelling. Changes in the prices of building equipment (tools and machinery), general costs, profit and risk are not included in the input price index. Other cost components, such as energy and transport, are also not taken into account as their influence on the final cost price is relatively modest. Land costs are also not included in the index. Data available from: January 2012 Status of the figures: The figures of the Total building costs and the Wages are definite to the year 2017. The figures for the Materials are definite to May 2018. Changes as of November 30, 2018: Figures of October 2018 have been added and the figures for the material component of May 2018 have been definite. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published at the end of December 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The historical series 'New dwellings; output price indices building costs 2000=100, since 1914' shows cost developments of residential building through time and has become available by linking series which were calculated separately in the past. From 1914 up to and including the 4th quarter of 1991, the indices are based on the analysis of council housing data carried out by the Ministry of Housing, Spatial Planning and the Environment. Subsequently, until 1995, index figures are based on the number of building permits issued in the council housing sector. Since 1995, they are based on data from building permits of all dwellings. Data available from: Data including VAT are available from 1914 and excluding VAT from 1969. In the historical series, annual figures are only available for the period 1914-1949. From 1950 onwards, quarterly figures are also available. Status of the figures: The historical series with base year 2000=100 was calculated for the first time in January 2010. Because the historical series 2000=100 is calculated by linking successive, independent series, it is in fact an estimate. Price differences as a result of changes in realisation and quality are eliminated as much as possible within the original series. The figures remain preliminary four quarters before they become definite. Changes as of 21th September 2018: The figures of the 2nd quarter of 2017 are modified into definitive figures. Furthermore, the figures of the 2nd quarter of 2018 are added to the database. Provisional figures could be subject to change. When will new figures become available? Provisional figures for the 3rd quarter of 2018 will be released in December 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The output price index of newly built dwellings, 2015=100, shows cost developments of residential buildings. These series is based on all types of dwellings. Building costs are the costs paid to the building contractor, and thus include general costs, profit and risk, but exclude the costs of building land and project developers and brokers. The data are received from the municipal administrations (the number of building licences granted). Data available from: 1st quarter 2012 Status of the figures: The figures remain preliminary four quarters before they become definite. Changes as of September 21th 2018: The figures of the 2nd quarter of 2018 are added and the figures of the 2nd quarter of 2017 have become definite. When will new figures become available? New figures will be published at the end of December 2018
    • Май 2014
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in orders in manufacturing industry, SIC 2008 section C. The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). The results are expressed in terms of indices with base year 2010. Changes on the same period in the previous year are also published. Data available from: January 2005 till December 2013. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are final. When will new figures be published? From the month January 2014, the publication of the value of orders received is stopped.
    • Август 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on non-financial balance sheets. The balance sheets show the market value of non-financial assets. Changes in the value of non-financial assets are also presented in this table. These changes are, for example, the result of price changes or the result of purchases minus sales of non-financial assets. Non-financial balance sheets are part of the National Accounts. The balance sheets are presented by different types of assets for the economy as a whole and for the different institutional sectors in the Dutch economy. Figures of the sectors households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISH) are from reporting year 2013 onwards no longer separately published. Only their aggregate will be published. The reason for this change is that reliable estimates for NPISH for recent years are no longer available. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2016 are provisional. The status of the figures for other years is final. Changes as from 11 August 2017: Provisional figures on the reporting year 2016 have been added. - The volume-indices of the inventories of the general government were mistakenly displayed with a dot (.). This has now been corrected and the volume-indices for the base year are now set to 100. - Due to data on the reporting years 1995-2001 becoming available, this table has been expanded. The years 1995-2000 are completely new, for the year 2001 only the closing balance sheet was displayed. Now figures on opening balance sheet, revaluation, capital formation, other changes in volume and statistical discrepancy are added for this reporting year. Changes as from 25 October 2016: A number of corrections have been applied as a result of mistakes in the calculations for the years 2002, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2011, 2012 and 2015. These mistakes did not result in any changes in the totals for the closing balance sheet, but led to incorrect aggregations of sectors or type of non-financial asset. Furthermore the calculation method of the volume indices have been harmonised for the capital stock and non-financial balance sheets. Moreover, the volume index will now be calculated on the basis of rounded figures. Because of these changes in method a maximum difference of 85.6 percentage points occurs for series of less than 100 mln. A maximum difference of 16.2 percentage points occurs for series larger than 100 mln. Volume indices of series which contain 0 mln of non-financial assets every year are set at 100, rather than hidden. The calculation method of consumer durables has been changed as well, to account for the purchase of lease cars by consumers. Correction as of 5 February 2016: As a result of a mistake in the calculation the opening balance sheet of 2006 is not equal to the closing balance sheet of 2005. The mistake has been corrected. Correction as of 4 November 2015: The volume-indices of total of non-financial assets 2010-2014 have been changed because consumer durables do not belong to this category and were previously included. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year. Since the end of June 2016 the release and revision policy of the national accounts have been changed. References to additional information about these changes can be found in section 3.
  • O
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains administrative data on a quarterly basis about revenue and expenditure of the other local government. These figures differ from the National Accounts composed in accordance with ESA standards. No corrections are made for potential errors in the source data. With this table, the Netherlands meets the requirements as laid down in the Directive EU 2011/85. This directive is part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package ('Sixpack'), adopted by the European Council in 2011. Statistics Netherlands published the revised National Accounts in June 2018. Among other things, GDP and total government expenditures have been adjusted upwards as a result of the revision. As part of the revision, the determination of the population of local non-profit institutions has been improved qualitatively. The observed population has grown in size. From the first quarter of 2018 onwards, administrative data of the other local government will be published after revision in this table. The figures for the previous quarters have not been adjusted based on the revision. Between the fourth quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, a break occurs as a result of the changed observed population of local non-profit institutions. The figures up to and including the fourth quarter of 2017 have been given a definitive status. Data available from: first quarter 2014. Status of the figures: The figures for the year 2017 are definitive and the figures for the year 2018 are provisional. Changes as from 28 September 2018: Figures for the second quarter of 2018 have been added. Figures for the first quarter of 2018 have been revised. When will new figures be published? New quarterly figures are published three months after the quarter under review. When figures for a new quarter are published, the provisional figures of the previous quarter may be adjusted. After publication of annual figures, the status of the figures becomes definite. In case of a revision of the National Accounts, all reporting years prior to the most current first quarter are given a definitive status.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows how total value added has been generated from production and income. It provides figures on the output and income components of total value added at basic prices by economic activities. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Output and income components of GDP; activities, NA, 1969-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the capacity of accommodation and the number of accommodation in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places, campsites with at least 4 pitches and holiday parks and group accommodation with at least 10 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by type of accommodation, parts of the country, provinces, COROP regions, touristregions and 5 major cities. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2018 are provisional. The figures until 2017 are final. Changes as of 30 November 2018: Figures for September 2018 have been added. The table now contains separate figures for the municipality of Haarlemmermeer. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places, campsites with at least 4 pitches and holiday parks and group accommodation with at least 10 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by type of accommodation and country of origin of the guests (country of residence), parts of the Netherlands, provinces and tourist areas in the Netherlands. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2018 are provisional. The figures until 2017 are final. Changes as of 30 November 2018: Figures for September 2018 and the third quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the occupancy of accommodation and the number of guests and their overnight stays in the Netherlands in all hotels, motels, boarding houses, apartments with hotel services, youth accommodation and bed & breakfasts with at least 5 sleeping places, campsites with at least 4 pitches and holiday parks and group accommodation with at least 10 sleeping places. The figures can be broken down by type of accommodation. Data available from: 2012 Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent reporting year 2018 are provisional. The figures until 2017 are final. Changes as of 30 November 2018: Figures for September 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures of a new month become available within three months after the end of that month, these are provisional figures. The figures for the complete year are revised one month after publication of the December figures, these are revised provisional figures. Two months later definite figures will be published.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table measures the price development in the transaction price of a dwelling that was purchased for own-use and the cost of all goods and services that households purchase in their role as owner occupiers of dwellings. Acquisition costs concerns the purchase of a newly built dwelling, self-built dwelling and a former rental dwelling. Costs of possesion a dwelling concerns costs of (large) maintenance and property insurance. Data available from: 1st quarter 2010 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are one period provisional; the sub-series ‘Acquisition formally rented dwelling’ and ‘Structural costs: insurance’ are definitive directly. Changes as of 4 October 2018: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures are published in January 2018
  • P
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Participation; political favour and voting behaviour, political interest and opinions by personal characteristics 1997 - 2003 Changed on February 03 2010. Frequency: Discontinued.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains key data on the number of people with a Dutch driving licence, on 1 January of each year, broken down by the type of driving licence and by age and province of the licence holder. The figures are based on the driving licence register of the Dutch Road Authority (RDW). Data available from: 1-1-2014 Status of the figures: final Changes as of 16 August 2018: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published yearly, in the first quarter.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the absolute number of persons to whom in the year concerned medicines were dispensed for which the costs are reimbursed under the statutory basic medical insurance. The figures are also expressed as a percentage of the total population in the category concerned. The population includes everybody registered in the Personal Records Database (BRP) and living in the Netherlands at some point in the year concerned. Until 2010 the figures also included medicines dispensed to persons registered in the BRP, but no longer resident in the Netherlands. Medicines provided to persons in hospitals and nursing homes are not included; medicines provided in residential homes for the elderly are included. Data are broken down by medicine group, age and sex. Data available from: 2006 Status of the figures: Figures for 2016 are provisional. Remaining figures are definite. Changes as of 8 December 2017: - Figures for 2015 have been made final and figures for 2016 have been added. - The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure of the table has not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in the last quarter of 2018.
    • Январь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the absolute number of persons to whom in the year concerned medicines were dispensed for which the costs are reimbursed under the statutory basic medical insurance. The figures are also expressed as a percentage of the total population in the category concerned. The population includes everybody registered in the Basic Registration of Persons (BRP) and living in the Netherlands at some point in the year concerned. Until 2010 the figures also included medicines dispensed to persons registered in the BRP, but no longer resident in the Netherlands. Medicines provided to persons in hospitals and nursing homes are not included; medicines provided in residential homes for the elderly are included. Data are broken down by medicine group, background, generation, age and sex. Data available from: 2006 Status of the figures: Figures for 2016 are provisional. Remaining figures are definite. Changes as of 17 January 2018: - Figures for 2015 have been made final and figures for 2016 have been added. - The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure of the table has not been adjusted. - The terms ‘People with a Dutch background’ (in Dutch: autochtoon) and ‘People with a foreign background’ (in Dutch: allochtoon) have been revised. They have been replaced by ‘Native Dutch people’ and ‘People with a migration background’ respectively. The terms in this table have been replaced as a result, including (where applicable) the underlying encodings. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in the last quarter of 2018.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the supply and consumption of petroleum products as a balance sheet. Petroleum products are e.g. fuels such as LPG, motor gasoline and diesel oil. The balance sheet shows all products for processing or consumption in the Netherlands and transit goods. Supply is calculated as production plus imports minus exports minus bunkers plus net stock changes. This calculation of the supply results in the amount of petroleum products consumed in the Netherlands in the period concerned. Consumption is broken down by consumption as feedstock for transformation into other petroleum products and final consumption and other transformations (consumption of petroleum products for transformation into other energy commodities, like electricity). From 1990 onwards, consumption is broken down by consumption as feedstock for transformation into other petroleum products and final consumption (no energy commodities remain). Up to 1990 only figures on consumption as feedstock for transformation are available. Also published are the opening stock and closing stock of petroleum products. Data available: From 1946 Status of the figures: All figures from 1946 to December 2015 are definite. Figures from January 2016 onwards are provisional. Changes as of 6 November 2018 Provisional figures of August 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures: in the third month after the month under review. Definite figures: not later than in the following December.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes information on the size of the Dutch population, as well as births, deaths, international migration, persons who moved within or between municipalities, marriages, registered partnerships, marriage dissolutions and requests for asylum, per month, quarter and year. Since January 2010, a new production system has become operational to process municipal population data. As from 2010 onwards, with the introduction of the new system the following changes were implemented: - Provisional figures on live births by rank number and marital status of the mother will no longer be available. Definite figures will be added to the table on an annual basis; - Marriages will include registered partnerships; - Data on registered partnerships will be discontinued; - Married persons will include persons who have signed partnership contracts. An extra preceding marital status (married) has been added; - Marriage dissolutions will be presented including registered partnership dissolutions; - Divorced persons will be presented including legally terminated partnerships; - Data on persons who have moved house within the Netherlands will no longer be broken down by place in the household. Statistics Netherlands will reorganise the tables relating to statistics on population and households. The aim is to reduce the number of tables while striving to preserve (much) needed information. This table will be revised in 2018. Data available from: 1995 Status of the figures: - All figures on Asylum requests are final. - All figures of 1995 up to and including 2017 are final. - Figures for the 1st of January 2018 are final, the other figures on the population of 2018 are provisional. - The updating of asylum applications in this table is discontinued with effect from 2012. Changes effective from 30 November 2018: Provisional figures of October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? At the end of each month provisional figures of the most important subjects of the previous month will be added in this publication. Data for previous months may be subject to adjustment.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Population growth in The Netherlands by birth, death and migration by sex and region. In addition to national data, information is presented by group of provinces, province, COROP region and municipality. The regional totals shown concern cumulated municipal data. Where changes of municipal boundaries transect regional boundaries, the municipal classifications concerns the most recent situation. The municipality of Woerden, for example, was annexed by the province of Utrecht on 1 January 1989, and is classified under the province of Utrecht in the Table. Data available from: 1960 Status of the figures: All data recorded in this publication are final data. The production method for data on population dynamics has been changed in 2014. As a result data for 2013 may vary between tables. The differences are minimal and only occur in data for 2013. Changes as of 20 August 2018: Figures of 2017 have been added. Changes as of 2 May 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? In the 3rd quarter of 2019 figures of 2018 will be added in this table.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The most important key figures about population, households, birth, mortality, changes of residence, marriages, marriage dissolutions and change of nationality of the Dutch population. Statistics Netherlands will reorganise the tables relating to statistics on population and households as of 2015. The aim is to reduce the number of tables while striving to preserve (much) needed information. Data available from: 1899 Status of the figures: All data in this publication are final data. Changes as from 29 December 2017: The final data of 2016 regarding 'Mortality by some causes of death' have been added. Changes as from 18 October 2017: - The terms ‘People with a Dutch background’ (in Dutch: autochtoon) and ‘People with a foreign background’ (in Dutch: allochtoon) have been revised. They have been replaced by ‘Native Dutch people’ and ‘People with a migration background’ respectively. The terms in this table have been replaced as a result. - The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. Changes as from 10 October 2017: - The figure on the 'Population on 1 January, persons with Surinamese background' in 2015 has been corrected. This correction is due to a rounding error. The correction does not affect the remaining figures in the table. - Figures on the subject 'Mortality' and the selection 'Mortality by causes of death' have been corrected for the year 2014. These corrections are due to the fact that the correct average population was not taken as a basis. The corrections do not affect the remaining figures in the table. When will the new figures be published? The following figures will be published in the fourth quarter of 2022: The figures on population dynamics concerning 2017 to 2021 and about the population on the 1st of January 2018 to 1st of January 2022.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Key figures on the population of the Netherlands. The following information is available: - Population by sex; - Population by marital status; - Population by age (groups); - Population by origin; - Private households; - Persons in institutional households; - Population growth; - Population density. Statistics Netherlands will reorganise the tables relating to statistics on population and households. The aim is to reduce the number of tables while striving to preserve (much) needed information. This table will be revised in 2018/2019. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: All the figures are final. Changes as of 30 October 2018: The figure ‘Average household size in 2018’ has been corrected. The decimal separator in the number was not in the right place. This correction has no consequences for the other figures in the table. Changes per 19 October 2018: The final figures for 2017 (population growth) and 1 January 2018 have been added. Changes per 18 April 2018: The terms 'People with a Dutch background' and 'People with a foreign background' have been revised. They have been replaced by 'Persons with a Dutch background' and 'Persons with a migration background' respectively. Changes per 1 November 2017: The figure on 'multi-person households' under the topic ‘Private households’ was corrected in 2016. The figure was rounded up (4815) instead of down (4814). The correction does not affect the other figures in the table. The final figures for 2016 and final figures on 1 January 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? In the last quarter of 2019 final figures with regard to population growth for 2018 and final figures of the population on 1 January 2019 will be added.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the registered population in The Netherlands on 1 January by sex, age and marital status. Statistics Netherlands will reorganise the tables relating to statistics on population. The aim is to reduce the number of tables while striving to preserve (much) needed information. This table will be revised in 2018/2019. Data available from: 1950 Status of the figures: All data recorded in this publication are final data. Changes as of 17 July 2018: Figures per 1 January 2018 have been added. The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. The age classification has been simplified. This makes the table better suited for the interface of the new StatLine. When will new figures be published? In the 3rd quarter of 2019 figures per 1 January 2019 will be added in this publication.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes information on the population of the Netherlands broken down by age, sex and nationality. The data refer to the situation on 1 January of the year of observation. Data available from: 1996 Status of the figures: All data recorded in this publication are final data. Changes per 6 August 2018: Data of 1 January 2017 and 1 January 2018 have been added. The age classification has been simplified: the five-year groups have been removed. This makes the table better suited for the interface of the new StatLine. If you are missing these figures, please contact Infoservice (see section 5). Changes per 20 October 2017: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? In the third quarter of 2020 final figures per 1 January 2019 and 1 January 2020 will be added to this publication.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information regarding the finance of health practitioners as defined in the Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008). Data available from: 2005 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite. Due to insufficient available tax declarations, figures for medical specialist practices for 2015 have not been published. Changes as of 18th September 2018: Definite figures regarding 2015 have been added; with the exception of medical specialist practices. When will new figures be published? If sufficient tax declarations from medical specialist practices become available for 2015, figures for 2015 from this profession will be added. This table is then discontinued and followed up by a new table with figures on practices of health practitioners from 2015 onwards. In this table explanation, a link to the new table will be included as soon as it becomes available. The new table differs in a number of points from the current table. Among other things, the new table has been extended with a new health professional: 'Practices of psychiatrists and day treatment centers for mental health and addiction care'. In addition, the health professional 'Practices of dental specialists' is fully described in the new table, supplemented with figures on 'Practices of dental surgeons'. Until now only the 'Practices of orthodontists' were described.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      Producer confidence is a sentiment indicator for the manufacturing industry that indicates the direction in which manufacturing production is expected to develop. The indicator is an unweighted arithmetic average of three component indicators from the Business sentiment survey of the manufacturing industry. Before the Producer confidence is calculated, seasonal and bias effects are removed from the three component indicators. The questions concern the expected activity in the next three months, opinion on order books and opinion on stocks of finished products. The more optimistic or pessimistic manufacturing companies are, the more positive or negative the value of the producer confidence indicator is compared with the zero line, and the greater the expectation that manufacturing production in the coming months will increase or decrease respectively. The producer confidence indicator has been available since 1985. For the sectors of manufacturing industry given in this table, the results are available from the start of 1994. This publication is created using co-financing by the European Commission. Data available from: January 1985 Status of the figures: Figures are definite. Changes as of 29 November 2018: Figures of November 2018 for the sectors of manufacturing industry have been added. When will new figures be published December 2018 figures are expected to be published on 28 December 2018.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the average price development of the selling prices, the import prices and the domestic consumption of industrial products with a base year of 2015=100. This data is available for both domestic and foreign sales. The products are classified based on the goods classification PRODCOM (PRODuction COMmunautaire). Data available from: January 2012 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are provisional during five months. Changes as of March 30th 2018 For the first published period (2012), incorrect year on year developments were published. In this version of the table these figures are removed. Changes as of July 4th 2018 The figures for product group B (Mining and quarrying) for the reporting period September to November 2017 were not correct due to an error in an underlying series. This has been corrected in this version. The figures for the product groups 20143000 (Industrial monocarboxylic fatty acids) and 20144000 (Organic compounds with nitrogen functions) for the reporting period September to November 2017 have been adjusted due to new information. Due to an incorrect calculation, a number of month-on-month developments and year-on-year developments were wrongly marked as unknown, insufficiently reliable or confidential. This has been corrected in this version. Changes as of July 13th 2018 The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. Changes as of September 28th. Due to an incorrect calculation, a number of month-on-month developments and year-on-year developments were wrongly marked as unknown, insufficiently reliable or confidential for reporting period January 2018. This has been corrected in this version. Changes as of November 30th. The new figures of the month October 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published not later than 30 days after the period under review.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on price developments in the construction industry. Data were calculated by Statistic Netherlands (CBS) and are based on building permits with a value of 50 thousand euros or more issued by municipal authorities, and the reported construction costs as stated in the permits. On the basis of these building permits and the construction time, construction output is calculated by means of average waiting times prior to the start of the construction activities. Price indices listed in the table are used to eliminate the effect of price changes on the construction output. Therefore, the price index can be used to as a deflator to calculate volume developments in the building sector. Price indices are calculated for 2 sections (Construction of new buildings and Other buildings) and 3 sectors (dwellings, buildings for the private sector and buildings for the (semi-)public or non-commercial sector). Data available from: 1st quarter 2015 Status of the figures: Price index figures up to and including the third quarter of 2017 are final. Changes since 26 October 2018: The figures of the third quarter of 2018 are added to the table. When will new figures become available? Provisional figures for the fourth quarter and year of 2018 will be released in January 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contents figures of the Regional accounts. Regional accounts are consistent with National accounts, except for differences due to rounding, and also with Eurostat's European System of National and Regional Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010). The new Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008) is used in the National and Regional Accounts of the Netherlands. This code is based on the European classification Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans la Communauté Européenne (NACE Rev. 2) which is used in all Member States of the European Union. It is in use for the year 2008 onwards. The amounts in this publication are in current prices only. Data available from: 1995 up to and including 2015. Status of the figures: The figures of the period 1995 - 2014 are final. Data of the year 2015 are also final, but the figures on jobs, labour years and hours worked by self-employed persons and total employed persons are an exception, due to the late availability of annual data on self-employed persons. These final figures are published a year after. Since this table has been discontinued, data of 2015 will not become final. Changes as of November 30th, 2018: None. This table has been discontinued. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. Therefore this table has been replaced by table Production process, economic activity, region; national accounts. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Not applicable anymore.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the results for capacity, performances and attendance of organisations where professional performing arts are presented. The results are broken down by region and discipline. Data available from: 1999. Status of the figures: The figures for 2016 are preliminary. All other figures are final. Changes as of 9 February 2018: The preliminary figures for 2016 are added. When will new figures be published? In the fourth quarter the preliminary figures of the preceding year will be published and the figures of the year before get a final status.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table gives information on debt restructuring plans pronounced by Dutch courts. The sentences are divided by type of verdict, by type of debtor, by age of the debtor, by way of ending and by region. Data available from: 1999. Status of the figures: The data on the number of pronounced debt restructuring plans can be adjusted retrospectively until the year preceding the last reported year. The same applies for the data by age. Data on debtors with business can be adjusted constantly. The reason for this is that in many cases, it doesn't become clear until the final stages of the debt repayment whether or not it concerns a debtor with a business. The data on the way of ending can also be adjusted at any moment. From January 1st 2008, all debt restructuring plans are pronounced finally instead of preliminarily. Changes as of 30 March 2018: Figures all quarters of 2017 and the annual figures of 2017 are available. When will new figures be published? Due to partial loss of funding, this table will not be updated every quarter. More information can be found in paragraph 3. This table will stop in 2019 en replaced by a new table with only annual figures. This will appear annually at the beginning of the second quarter.
    • Декабрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the liabilities of public corporations for a given year. Only public corporations that have liabilities of economically significant amounts are included; liabilities are economically significant when they are larger than 0.01% of GDP. The liabilities consist of the following debt instruments: deposits, debt securities (short- and long-term) and loans (short- and long-term). The liabilities of the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) are not included in this table. Figures by controlling government subsector, and financial or other (loss or profit making) corporations are also available. All figures are based on balance sheets at the end of a given year. Publication of this table meets one of the requirements of Directive EU 2011/85, part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package ("Six Pack") adopted by the European Council in 2011. Data available from: situation on 31 December 2012. Status of the figures: Figures for 2016 are provisional. Figures for the other years are definite. Changes as of 29 December 2017: New figures have been added for 2016 - these figures are provisional. The figures for 2015 have become definite. When will new figures be published? The provisional figures for 2017 and the definite figures for 2016 will be published at the end of December 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview of the number of public libraries, the number of volumes in collections, the number of volumes lent out to the public, registered users, the staff working for public libraries and their operating costs and revenues. Data available from: 1999. Status of the figures: The figures for 2016 are preliminary. All other figures are final. Changes as of 22 September 2017: The results regarding the number of lend outs have been revised for the year 2014 since new information has become available. The final figures for 2015 have been published. The preliminary figures for 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures for 2017 will be published in September 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the development of dynamic purchasing power of persons. The purchasing power development is only shown for persons with equal characteristics in the reporting year and the year before. The figures in this table are broken down into different household characteristics, like main source of income and age of the main earner. The population consists of all persons in private households with income on January 1st of the reporting year. Data available from: 2012. Status of the figures: The figures in this table for the period 2012 to 2016 are final. The figures for the period 2017 are preliminary. Changes as of 13 September 2018: Figures for 2016 have been finalized. Figures for 2017 have been added The figures broken down to age of the main earner have been adjusted for all reporting years. In the new figures, this characteristic is equal in both the reporting year and the year before. In an earlier version, this was not the case. In addition, figures on couples with and without children were switched, just like figures on rent with and without subsidy. These errors have been corrected. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the development of dynamic purchasing power of persons. The purchasing power development is only shown for persons with equal characteristics in the reporting year and the year before. The figures in this table are broken down into different person characteristics, like position in the household and age. The population consists of all persons in private households with income on January 1st of the reporting year. Data available from: 2012. Status of the figures: The figures in this table for the period 2012 to 2016 are final. The figures for the period 2017 are preliminary. Changes as of 13 September 2018: Figures for 2016 have been finalized. Figures for 2017 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in September 2019.
  • R
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Regional accounts give a description of the volume of the economic process in the various regions of a country consistent with national accounts. Elements in the economic process distinguished in national accounts are production, distribution of income, spending and financing. Regional accounts focus on the description of the production processes in the various regions. Data available from: 2010 Status of the figures: The figures of the period 2010 - 2014 are final. Data of the year 2015 are also final, but the figures on jobs, labour years and hours worked by self-employed persons and total employed persons are an exception, due to the late availability of annual data on self-employed persons. These final figures are published a year after. Changes as of February 1st 2018: The figures of the topics GDP, GDP per capita and Value added for the year 2016 have been corrected for the 4 groups of provincies. The figures of the 4 groups of provincies were not correct. Now they sum up to the National total of these topics. When will new figures be published? Provisional and final data will be published in October 2018.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information about the Dutch production of renewable electricity, the number of installations used and the installed capacity of these installations. During production, a distinction is made between normalised gross production and non-standard gross and net production without normalisation. Production of electricity is shown in million kilowatt hours and as a percentage of total electricity consumption in the Netherlands. The production of renewable electricity is compared with total electricity consumption and not against total electricity production. This choice is due to European conventions. The data is broken down according to the type of energy source and the technique used to obtain the electricity. A distinction is made between four main categories: hydro power, wind energy, solar power and biomass. Data available from: 1990. Status of the figures: This table contains definite figures until 2016 and revised provisional figures as of 2017. Changes as of 4 July 2018: Revised provisional figures have been added. “Figures for “Co-firing of biomass” and “Biomass boilers, companies, electricity” used to be not available from reporting year 2014 onwards, because the number of companies with co-firing was small and it may have been possible to relate data to individual companies. Recently, Statistics Netherlands received permissions from the involved companies to publish the data. Therefore, this table now includes data for the mentioned types of renewable energy for cells which contained dots before.” When will new figures be published? Provisional figures on electricity output for the previous year are published each year in February. Revised figures on electricity output for the previous year are published each year in June. Definite figures on electricity output for the previous year are published each year in December.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Renewable energy is energy from wind, hydro power, the sun, the earth, biomass and heat from outdoor air. This is energy from natural processes that is replenished constantly. This table expresses the use of renewable energy in three ways: 1. Gross final consumption 2. Avoided use of fossil energy 3. Avoided emissions of carbon dioxide Figures are presented in an absolute way, as wel as related to the total energy use or total emissions of carbon dioxide in the Netherlands. Avoiding the use of fossil energy and avoiding emissions of carbon dioxide are important underlying aims for stimulation the use of renewable energy. The figures are broken down into energy source/technique and into application (electricity, heat and transport). Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: This table contains definite figures until 2016 and revised provisional figures as of 2017. Changes as of 23 August 2018: Figures on avoided use of fossil energy and avoided emissions of CO2 in 2016 and in 2017 for energy application heat have been corrected for the energy sources “total biomass” and “total energy sources”. The magnitude of the correction in both years was 4 PJ avoided use and 250 kton avoided emissions of CO2. Changes as of 5 july 2018: Figures on avoided use of fossil energy and avoided emissions of CO2 voor all energy applications have been corrected for the energy sources 'total biogas', 'total biomass' and 'total energy sources'. The magnitude of the correction was 4 PJ avoided use and 250 kton avoided emissions of CO2. Changes as of 1 May 2018: The underlying codes of the classifications used in this table have been adjusted. These are now in line with the standard codes set by Statistics Netherlands. The structure and data of the table are not adjusted. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures on the gross final consumption of renewable energy in broad outlines for the previous year are published each year in May. Revised provisional figures for the previous year appear each year in June, except for figures on shallow geothermal cold and shallow geothermal heat without heat pumps. In December all figures on the consumption of renewable energy in the previous year will be published. These figures will be definite in December. However, the figures on the share of total energy consumption in the Netherlands and about the avoided CO2 can still be changed by the availability of adjusted figures on total energy consumption and total CO2 emissions.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes the average increase of rent paid for dwellings by region. There is a breakdown regarding the rent change in- and excluding rent harmonisation. There is also a division by parts of the country, provinces and the four large cities Amsterdam, The Hague, Rotterdam and Utrecht. Data available from: 2015 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definitive. Changes as of 1 November 2018: Additional source data were used for the calculation of rental developments. As a result, the figures for Amsterdam, Noord-Holland, Utrecht (province) and West-Nederland were changed for 2018. The changes concern both figures for the rent increase, in- and excluding rent harmonization (resident change). Figures from other parts of the country, provinces, major cities and the total have not changed. When will new figures be published? The figures for 2019 will be published at September 2019.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table includes the average increase of rent paid for dwellings in The Netherlands. It shows a breakdown regarding the rent change in- and excluding rent harmonisation. Another breakdown is made for liberalised, social and other landlords. Data available from: 2015 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definitive. Changes as of 1 November 2018: Additional source data were used for the calculation of rental developments. As a result, the figures for the liberalized rental for 2018 were changed. The change concerns the figure for the rent increase including rent harmonization (resident change). Other figures have not changed. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in September 2019.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Requests for legal aid and reason make a request for legal aid; sex, age, level of education, socio - economic group 1997 - 2004 Changed on February 03 2010. Frequency: Discontinued.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information about developments in retail turnover (SIC 2008 code 47). The data can be broken down by different types of shops: shops that predominantly sell goods online and those that predominantly sell goods through other sales channels (physical shops, markets, etc.). Developments are presented as percentage changes compared to a previous year and by means of indices. In this table, the base year is updated to 2015, in previous publications the base year was 2013. The survey used to measure turnover change for online sales covers retail trade companies with 10 or more employees; these represent 65-70 percent of total online sales. Small businesses are not covered. Data available from January 2014. Status of the figures Figures on 2018 are provisional, the preceding periods are definite. The figures of a calendar year will become definite no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be 'provisional' and can still be adjusted as a result of delayed response. Changes as of October 15, 2018: Figures of August 2018 have been added. Figures of preceding periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? As a rule, monthly statistics are published six to eight weeks after the end of the reporting month. Quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only revise the results if significant adjustments and/or corrections are necessary.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information on turnover and volume developments in the sector Retail Trade (Section F according to the Standard Industrial Classification 2008 (SIC 2008)). Developments are presented as percentage changes compared to a previous period and by means of indices (base year 2015). Developments in turnover and volume are published in two formats. Firstly, in the form of year-on-year changes relative to the same period in the preceding year. These figures are shown both unadjusted and adjusted for trading days. The second format pertains to period-on-period changes, for example month-on-month. Period-on-period changes are calculated by applying seasonal adjustment. Data available from: January 2005. Status of the figures: Figures on 2018 are provisional, the preceding periods are definite. The figures of a calendar year will become definite no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be “provisional” and can still be adjusted as a result of delayed response. Changes as of October 31, 2018: Figures of August 2018 have been actualised. Figures of preceding periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. Changes as of April 13 2018: The figures of February 2018 haven been added. Figures on 2017 and 2018 may have been adjusted. Erroneously the figures for 2017 were already declared definitive. However this only applies to the uncorrected series. When will new figures be published? As a rule, monthly statistics are published six to eight weeks after the end of the reporting month. Quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only revise the results if significant adjustments and/or corrections are necessary.
  • S
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on schools and educational institutions by type of education, ideological basis and school size. It concerns schools and educational institutions financed by the government. Figures for the adult education are left out of these tables, because the number of institutions is not available. Data available from: School-/academic year 1990/'91 Status of the figures: The figures up to and including school-/academic year 2016/'17 are final, the figures of school-/academic year 2017/'18 are provisional. Changes on 24 August 2018: Provisional figures for school-/academic year 2016/'17 are replaced by final figures and the provisional figures for school-/academic year 2017/'18 are added. The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? In the third quarter of 2019 provisional figures of school-/academic year 2018/'19 will be added in this publication and the provisional figures of 2017/'18 will be replaced by final figures.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides an overview of some non-financial transactions and balancing items of the institutional sectors of the Dutch economy. The data is presented both seasonally and working day adjusted and unadjusted. Adjustments for seasonal effects and working day effects assist in the drawing of conclusions on quarter-to-quarter developments and help to reveal trends. The non-seasonally adjusted data are identical to (sums of) the non-consolidated data from the table 'current transactions by sector'. For total government revenue and expenditure the data are identical to sums of consolidated data. Data available from first quarter 1999. Status of the figures: The figures from 1999 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. Changes as of September 21st 2018: Data of the second quarter 2018 have been added to this table. When will new figures be published? The first quarterly estimate is available 85 days after the end of each reporting quarter. The first quarter may be revised in September, the second quarter in December. Should further quarterly information become available thereafter, the estimates for the first three quarters may be revised in March. If (new) annual figures become available in June, the quarterly figures will be revised again to bring them in line with the annual figures.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains statistics regarding income and capital of self-employed persons in the Netherlands. A distinction is made between, on the one hand, persons for whom self-employment provides for the main source of income, and on the other hand all persons with income from self-employed work. The number of sources of self-employed income is reported as well. The figures in this table are broken down by type of self-employed person, sector, gender, age, migration background, position in the household, and by income and wealth decile groups. All statistics in this table are at the individual level, this includes capital; (corporate) assets are summed per household and then assigned to all household members, thus serving as a measure of personal prosperity. The sample date for both population and capital is the first of January of the reporting year. For the older years 2007 up to and including 2010, capital is sampled on the first of January of the year following the reporting year. The General Business Register (ABR) is used to determine the sector (SBI) of self-employed persons. The ABR has been subject to various trend breaks in the period 2007-2011. This leads to a sharp decrease in the number of self-employed persons in the financial services (sector K) in 2010. Therefore caution is advised when consulting sector trends or comparing numbers across sectors. Data available from: 2007. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are provisional. Changes as of 2018 June 13: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in December 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the price indices, quarterly and yearly changes in prices of services that companies provide. The figures are broken down by type of services according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA 2008). For some services, a further breakdown has been made on the basis of market data that differ from the CPA. This breakdown is indicated with a letter after the CPA code. The prices of services relate to the following sectors of commercial services: H Transportation and storage services I Accommodation and food services J Information and communication services K Financial and insurance services L Real estate services M Professional, scientific and technical services N Administrative and support services The base year for all services producer price indices is 2015. The year average, quarterly and yearly changes are calculated with unrounded figures. Data available from: 4th quarter 2002. Status of the figures: The figures for the most recent period are revised provisional. These figures are made definite in the publication for the subsequent period. Changes as of September 14 2018: The revised provisional figures from the 2nd quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures are available twice per quarter. Halfway through the current quarter, the table is updated with figures for approximately half of the branches for the previous quarter. At the end of the current quarter, all figures from the previous quarter are available.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table comprises data on monthly revenue, expenditure and the social security funds balance sheet. The data are directly retrieved from the accounting administration of the relevant government institutions. The figures are presented on a cash basis, and refer to the moment of payment as the criterion for the booking. Figures presented here are not directly comparable to the publications on National Accounts. Publication of this table meets the requirements as laid down in the Directive EU 2011/85, part of the Enhanced Economic Governance package ('Sixpack') adopted by the European Council in 2011. Figures available from: January 2014. Status of the figures: Figures for July, August and September 2018 are provisional. Figures for January, February, March, April, May and June 2018 are revised provisional and figures for 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 are definite. Changes as from 31 October 2018: Figures for September 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? New monthly figures will be published one month after the month under review. With the publication of a new month, provisional figures of the previous month can be adjusted. The figures referring to the three months of a quarter will be revised at the end of the next quarter. Six months after the end of the year, figures will be set to 'definite'.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows actual key figures of benefits concerning labour disablement, unemployment, income support and national insurances. Data available from January 1998. Status of the figures: - the figures in this table can be definitive or provisional; - the monthly and quarterly figures represent the situation at the end of a period; - the annual figures are averages; - the figures concerning income support of the last three months are based on an estimation and therefore provisional. After three month these figures will be replaced by revised provisional figures and after one ore two years the figures become definitive. Changes as of October 31, 2018: Added are: - the provisional figures benefits AOW and Anw of September 2018; - the provisional figures of unemployment benefits not seasonally adjusted and benefits IOW of August 2018; - the provisional figures of the benefits (related to) income support of August 2018. Revised are: The provisional figures of the benefits (related to) income support of May 2018. The figures mentioned below have become definitive: - the figures benefits AOW and Anw of July 2018; - the figures of unemployment benefits not seasonally adjusted and benefits IOW of June 2018; - the figures of benefits (related to) income support of 2017. Changes as of March 2, 2018: As of January 1st, 2015 the Disablement Assistance (Young Persons) Act has been amended (Wajong2015). The Employee Insurance Agency (UWV) has supplied Statistics Netherlands (CBS) with new figures concerning the Wajong2015 for year under review 2015 onwards. These figures replace the already published figures concerning the Wajong in this table. This also affects the total number of the disablement benefits. These figures are also altered. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in November 2018.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures about consumption by households;changes, index figures, shares, value (million euro) by goods and services in accordance with the National Accounts. Monthly series are available on changes in consumption expenditure by households. These are based on spending by consumers (including VAT). Data available from: 1995 Status of figures: Figures for 2011 are adjusted provisional figures. More recent figures are provisional. Changes as of 19 October 2018: Figures of August 2018 have been added. When are new figures released? About six to eight weeks after the end of the month under review.
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Sports clubs and sports schools Members, operating costs and revenues 1987 - 2006 Changed on January 15 2010. Frequency: Three-yearly.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Staff, costs and revenues, membership, use sports facilities, volunteers Type of sports club and period 2000-2009 Changed on June 10 2013. Frequency: Three-yearly.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents an overview on the types and use of swimming pools, indoor sports facilities and outdoor sports facilities. The figures are restricted to swimming pools and sports facilities operated by either local government or by commercial operators (private limited companies etc.) registered at the Chambers of Commerce as having the operation of swimming pools and/or sports facilities as their main activity. Data available from: 1988. Status of the figures: all figures are definite. Changes as of 3 June 2013: The figures on 2009 have been added. When will new figures be published? Figures on 2012 will be published in the second quarter of 2014.
    • Февраль 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the import price of steam coal based on both weight and calorific value. The price is corrected for differences in the calorific value of the coals. The calorific value is the amount of heat released during combustion. By way of information, the table also shows the net calorific value of steam coal. The table covers only imports from non EU-countries. Data available: From 1st quarter 1981. Status of the figures: All figures from 1st quarter 1981 to 3rd quarter 2015 are definite. Figures from 4th quarter 2015 are provisional. Changes as of February 9th 2017 : Provisional figures of 1st, 2nd and 3rd quarter of 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? Annual figures: Provisional figures: in the fourth month after a year. Definite figures: in the seventh month after a year. Quarterly figures: Provisional figures: in the fourth month after a quarter. Definite figures: in the seventh month after a quarter.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents annual figures about the structure of national net lending or net borrowing, starting from the gross domestic product. National net lending or net borrowing is the difference between the assets of the Netherlands on the rest of the world and the liabilities of the Netherlands to the rest of the world. National net lending or net borrowing presents the amount all sectors together in the Netherlands can lend / invest or has to borrow, given the current and capital transactions. Data available from: 1995. Status of the figures: Data from 1995 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Structure national net lending/borrowing; NA, 1995-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Сентябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows figures on the supply of electricity and natural gas through the public grid to companies including the supply to industrial grids. In-house electricity production for private use only is not included in these figures. Figures are broken down by sector of industry and region. The figures are based on data provided by the operators of the public electricity and natural gas grids in the Netherlands. All Dutch grid operators have provided relevant data. SIC D is, in consultation with stakeholders, fully protected as a whole from 2015 to prevent sequel protection for other SIC’s. Note: SIC D is also not counted in total from 2015. Data available from: 2010. Status of the figures: The status of the figures over 2010, 2011,2012,2013,2014 and 2015 is definite. The status of the figures over 2016 is provisional. Changes as from 27 September 2017: Definite figures over 2015 and provisional figures over 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? Definite figures over 2016 and provisional figures over 2017 will be published in the 3th quarter of 2018.
    • Июнь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data from national accounts on the supply and use of goods and services by groups products of activities. Domestic production and imports make up the supply of goods and services. The use of goods and services consist of intermediate consumption, the consumption, fixed capital formation, exports and changes in inventories. Data available from 2015. Status of the figures: Data of 2015 and 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of June 22nd 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Supply and use; products of activity, NA, 1995-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 6 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 18 months after the end of the reporting year.
  • T
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information on the development in turnover in the Temporary employment sector (SIC 2008 code 78). The data can be divided by a number of branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). Job pool companies (SIC code 78203) are not included in the survey. These companies account for only a very small part (1 percent) of total temporary employment sector (SIC code 78). The figures are expressed as a percentage change compared to a previous period and by means of an index. In this table the base year is updated to 2015, in previous publications the base year was 2010. Developments in turnover are published in two formats. Firstly, as a year-on-year mutation which expresses growth relative to the same period in the preceding year. The second format pertains to a period-on-period mutation, for example quarter-on-quarter. Period-on-period mutations are derived by applying seasonal adjustment. The predecessor of this table (see paragraph 3) also included the hours worked. As of the first quarter of 2018 the hours worked aren’t published by Statistics Netherlands anymore. Data available from 1st quarter 2005. Status of the figures: The figures on 2018 are provisional, the previous periods are definite. The figures of a calendar year will become definitive no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be “provisional” and can still be adjusted as a result of corrected response. Changes as of August 31 2018: Figures on the second quarter 2018 have been added. Figures on previous periods in 2018 may have been adjusted. When will new figures be published? As a rule quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only apply adjustments if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Statistics Netherlands collects monthly data on imports and exports of goods. This table comprises index figures and changes in terms of percentage of terms of trade, import price and export price of goods. Imports and exports are defined by change in economic ownership of the goods concerned. The indices are based on 2010=100. The changes in terms of percentage are compared with the same period twelve months previously. Data available from: January 1995. Status of the figures: Figures for 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 are provisional. The other figures are definite. Changes as of 12 September 2018: Data over July 2018 have been added. Data over April until June 2018 have been adjusted. Terms of trade figures may be adjusted once new or updated source information becomes available on the monthly international trade statistics or producers' prices. In addition, monthly price changes are adjusted retrospectively to fit those of imports and exports of goods in the Quarterly national accounts. Since the end of June 2016 the release and revision policy of the national accounts have been changed. References to additional information about these changes can be found in section 3. When will new figures be published? About six to seven weeks after the end of the month under review.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the expenditures of resident and non-resident tourists in the Dutch economy, as well as the expenditures of resident tourists abroad. Tourism is not an industry in itself, but covers a wide range of products and services delivered to tourists from different industries. The figures are consistent with the conceptual framework of the National Accounts (NA), and can be compared with existing macroeconomic indicators such as the total value added at basic prises and employment in the Netherlands. The tourism accounts offer an integrated macroeconomic overview of the importance of tourism to the economy. Data available from: 2010. Status of the figures: Data from 2010 up to and including 2016 are final. Data of 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 29 August 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Tourist expenditure; NA, 2010-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 8 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 20 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains contribution of tourism to the Dutch economy (employment, expenditure and value added at basic prices). Tourism is not an industry in itself, but covers a wide range of products and services. The figures are consistent with the conceptual framework of the National Accounts (NA) and can be compared with existing macroeconomic indicators such as the total value added at basic prises and employment in the Netherlands. The tourism accounts offer an integrated macroeconomic overview of the importance of tourism to the economy. Data available from: 2010. Status of the figures: Data from 2010 up to and including 2015 are final. Data of 2016 and 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 29 August 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Tourism; key indicators, NA, 2010-2016. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? Provisional data are published 8 months after the end of the reporting year. Final data are released 20 months after the end of the reporting year.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows relevant economic data for trade and industry sectors, e.g. the number of persons employed, costs and revenues, turnover and other financial results. The figures can be divided by a number of sectors/ branches according to Statistics Netherlands' Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008). Data available from: 2009. Status of the figures: All data in the table are definite. Changes as of 29 March 2018: All figures of 2018 have been added to the table. The table is also extended by the following sectors (SIC’s): 1071 Manufacture of bread, fresh pastry 1105 Manufacture of beer 261 Manufacture of electronic components 2893 Manufacture machines for food 3011 Building of ships 3012 Building of pleasure boats 3312 Repair and maintenance of machinery When will new figures be published? Results are made available circa 15 months after the year under review. In March/April 2019, new figures will be published for 2017.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on traffic performance (vehicle-kilometres) of passenger cars, delivery vans, lorries, semi-trailers, special purpose vehicles and buses. Vehicle-kilometres of Dutch vehicles have been broken down by Dutch vehicles on Dutch territory and Dutch vehicles on foreign territory. In addition, there are figures on the total distance covered on Dutch territory. A distinction is made between kilometres covered by Dutch vehicles and kilometres by foreign vehicles. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: The figures in this table up to and including 2015 are definitive. Figures over 2016 and 2017 have a provisional status. Changes as of 29 October 2018 Provisional figures over 2017 have been added. The underlying coding of classification Types of vehicle used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. The use of new (integrated) source files (from Netherlands Vehicle Authority or RDW) for the years 2012 and 2013 has resulted in a trend break in figures on passenger cars and delivery vans between 2011 and 2012. Prior to 2012, data from sample odometer readings (NAP) were used. The trend break has been corrected by making adjustments in the historical series for the years 1990-2011, with figures for vehicles over 9 years old adjusted downwards. As for passenger cars, as of 2008, kilometres driven by Dutch vehicles in the Netherlands have been estimated on the basis of an improved method using corrected, provisional figures from MON/OVG/OViN. This has also resulted in adjustments to the figures on Dutch passenger cars on foreign territory. Following improvements in calculations of kilometres driven by foreign vehicles on Dutch roads, the entire series from 1990 up to the present has been adjusted (see also brief method description of passenger cars). When will new figures be published? New figures are expected to be released by end of 2019.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information on the development in turnover in the sector Transport and storage (ISIC 2008 codes 49 and 53). The figures are expressed as a year-on-year mutation which expresses growth relative to the same period in the preceding year and by means of an index. In this table the base year is updated to 2015. Data available from: first quarter 2005. Status of the figures: The figures of a calendar year will become definitive no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be “provisional” and can still be adjusted as a result of corrected response. Changes as of August 31 2018: Figures second quarter 2018 have been added. When will new figures be published? As a rule quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only apply adjustments if significant corrections are necessary.
    • Июнь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on how much inhabitants of various European countries aged 15 years or older trust other people, the legal system and politics. Figures are from 2002 onwards. The question concerning trust in other people is: Overall, do you think most people can be trusted, or that you can’t be too careful?. Trust in the legal system and politics is determined by asking people how much they trust a number of political and organisational institutions, viz. national parliament, the legal system, the police, politicians, political parties, the European Parliament and the United Nations. The figures in this table are based on the European Social Survey (ESS). The ESS is conducted every two years commissioned by the European Committee, the European Science Foundation and various national organisations for scientific research. Data available from: 2002 Status of the figures: Figures from 2014 are preliminary. Figures from 2002 to 2012 are definite. Changes as of 15 June 2017: The preliminary figures for 2014 have been corrected. Figures for 2012 have been corrected due to new available data. The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published at the end of 2018. This will be an addition to the 2014 figures for several countries for which no data are available at present. In addition, preliminary figures for 2016 will become available.
  • U
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the most significant results of the annual survey Public treatment of urban waste water. The results are presented per province and river basin district (Rijn, Maas, Eems and Schelde) and include: - number and capacity of the urban waste water treatment plants by type of treatment; - the volume and concentration of organic matter, nutrients and heavy metals in the waste water running into waste water treatment plants (influent) and the volume of treated waste water (effluent); - the volume and destination of the sludge released, with nutrients and heavy metals. Additional data on urban waste water treatment plants, process technology, energy consumption, generation of energy and sludge dewatering can be accessed on the Dutch version of StatLine. Data available from: 1981 Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definitive. Changes as of 7 May 2018: The figures of 2016 has been added. When will new figures be published? New figures on 2017 will be published by the end of April 2019.
  • V
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of unfilled, new and filled vacancies in the government and education. The figures over vacancies are specified to government sector. This table replaces the StatLine-table Vacancies; government and education 1992-2009. In 2010 the observation is based on the standard industrial classification 2008, SIC2008. Because of this the original figures of the period 1997 up to the second quarter of 2009, all based on SIC 1993, are recalculated to SIC 2008. Therefore these figures can deviate slightly from the figures from the Vacancies; government and education 1992-2009. Data available since 1997, quarter 1. Status of the figures: The figures of 2018 in this table are provisional, other figures are final. A number of figures are not released for publication yet, and can therefore not be displayed. These figures are however included in the total figures. As soon as these figures are released for publication, they will available on StatLine As of the third quarter of 2008 the job vacancy survey is capable of compiling the number of job vacancies at the Ministry of Defence in a much better way. Due to this more than 7 thousand vacancies are added to the government. This should be taken into account, when interpreting the results. Because of this extra number of vacancies, the numbers of vacancies, new vacancies and filled vacancies are not completely consistent with the vacancies in the third quarter of 2008. The results of this table are including the second quarter of 2009 based on recalculated information on basis of the perception according SBI 2008. Because of this the numbers of vacancies, new vacancies and filled vacancies are in the third quarter of 2009 not completely consistent with the vacancies in the second quarter. Changes as of 14 August 2018: New provisional figures of second quarter of 2018 have been added. Changes as of 14 November 2017: In this table the names of the columns new and filled vacancies were published in the wrong order since the first quarter of 1997 and for all the government sectors. This problem has been resolved in the third quarter of 2017. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures of third quarter of 2018 will be published in November 2018.
    • Май 2010
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Unfilled vacancies, new vacancies and filled vacancies by economic activities (SIC 1993), including government 1997 - 2009, 1997 Q1 - 2009 Q4 Changed on May 10 2010. Frequency: Discontinued.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on the number of vacancies per quarter. The phrase 'seasonally adjusted' refers to the total number of vacancies in the private and public sectors at the end of each quarter. Data on vacancies are broken down by: - SIC 2008; - private sector and public sector; - quarter. Data available from: 1st quarter of 1997 Status of the figures: The figures of 2018 in this table are provisional, other figures are final. Seasonally adjusted figures may be marginally adjusted at the end of the year under review. Changes as of 28 September 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have nog been adjusted. Changes as of 14 February 2018: For the four quarters in 2016, there has been a small correction for the classification of private firms/government. Due to a wrong addition, the figures for the private firms for these four quarters have been adjusted, the figures of the government have not been changed. When will new figures be published? New provisional figures of third quarter of 2018 will be published in November 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      The number of vacancies per quarter refers to vacancies in the private sector and in government at the end of each quarter. Subjects: Unfilled vacancies, new vacancies, filled vacancies in the private sector and in government sectors. Selections: SIC 2008, size of the enterprise, periods. Data available since 1997, quarter 1. Frequency of appearance: each quarter. Status of the figures: All figures in this table are final. Changes as of 28 September 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New figures of third quarter of 2018 will be published November 2018.
    • Сентябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      Unfilled, new and filled vacancies in the private sector Selections: Standard Industrial Classification of all Economic Activities 2008 (SIC 2008), size of enterprises, periods. The number of vacancies per quarter refers to vacancies in the private sector at the end of each quarter. Data available since 1997, quarter 1. Status of the figures: All figures in this table are final. Changes as of 28 September 2018: The underlying coding of classifications used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures be published? New figures of third quarter of 2018 will be published November 2018.
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information about the harvest of vegetables in the Netherlands. It concerns the harvest of vegetables (in million kg) and the corresponding cropping area (in hectares). Data available from: 1998. Status of the figures: The figures referring to the most recent period are provisional. The figures become definite when the next period is published. Changes as of 29 March 2018: The provisional figures for 2017 had been added. The figures for 2016 are now definite. Changes as of 5 December 2017: Errors have been corrected for the 2015 year cropping area for broad beans and for the 2015 and 2016 cropping areas and gross yield of Total vegetables, Total vegetable horticultural and arable, Vegetables horticultural, Vegetables arable, excl. onions, Total leaf and stem vegetables, Total legumes and Total fruit eaten as vegetables. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for the previous year are published in March, at the same time figures for the preceding year become definite.
    • Ноябрь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on total vehicle kilometres of goods vehicles in the Netherlands (broken down by Dutch and foreign vehicles) and data of total kilometres and average annual kilometres of Dutch goods vehicles (broken down by Dutch and foreign territory). All figures are further broken down by lorries and road tractors, by age of the vehicle and by load capacity. Since 2010 kilometres of foreign vehicles travelled in the Netherlands are based on more detailed road transport data from Eurostat. This leads to an adjustment of the distance by -3%. Data available from: 1990 Status of the figures: Definite data are available for 1990 to 2013, and provisional data for 2014 to 2016. Changes as of 3 November 2017 The provisional figures for 2016 have been added. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published on a yearly basis in November of the subsequent year.
    • Ноябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on total vehicle kilometres of goods vehicles in the Netherlands (broken down by Dutch and foreign vehicles) and data of total kilometres and average annual kilometres of Dutch goods vehicles (broken down by Dutch and foreign territory). All figures are further broken down by lorries and road tractors, by years of construction of the vehicle and by gross vehicle weight. Data available from: 2001 Status of the figures: Definite data are available for 2001 to 2015, and provisional data for 2016 and 2017. Changes as of 5 November 2018 The provisional figures for 2017 have been added. The underlying coding of classifications lorries and road tractors and years of construction used in this table has been adjusted. It is now in line with the standard encoding defined by CBS. The structure and data of the table have not been adjusted. When will new figures become available? New figures will be published on a yearly basis in November of the subsequent year.
  • W
    • Июнь 2017
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents the water accounts, being part of the environmental accounts compiled by Statistics Netherlands annually. This Water Accounting table includes the (physical) water use by the Dutch economic activities. A distinction is made between the use of tap water (of drinking water quality), use and abstraction (withdrawal) of groundwater and of surface water. The water used is allocated to the industries and households. Alternatively, tables selections can be made that show break down by economic activity (including households), by water type and annual use. Data in the environmental accounts directly correspond to the economic data in the national accounts, that allow assessment of the impact of the economic performance of the Netherlands for the use of water taken from the natural environment in quantitative terms. From the water accounts bills, environmental indicators can be derived. As an example the water use intensity for the different types can be determined for the Netherlands as a whole or for the break down by industry. Data available from: 2003 Status of the figures: The data for the last year in this table are provisional. Figures for the other years are final, with the exception of tap water. For tap water the whole time series are provisional. The entire time series from 2003 onwards, if necessary, is to be adjusted annually to reflect the updated source information. Changes as of May 9, 2017: New data for 2013 and 2014 added. The figures are slightly modified due to adjusted weighting between (manufacturing) industry and services. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published by November, together with the appearance of the publication ‘Environmental Accounts of the Netherlands’ on CBS website.
    • Июль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table describes the wealth distribution of the sector households in the national accounts over different household groups. Households are identified by main source of income, living situation, household composition, age classes of the head of the household, income class by 20% groups. Data available from: 2015. Status of the figures: Data of 2015 and 2016 are provisional. Changes as of July 9th 2018: None. This is a new table. Statistics Netherlands has carried out a revision of the national accounts recently. New statistical sources and estimation methods have been used during the revision. This table provides the data after revision. It replaces table Wealth distribution of households; NA, 2005-2014. For further information see section 3. When will new figures be published? New figures will be released in June 2019.
    • Май 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows the distribution of wealth of households. The figures in this table are broken down to components of wealth and different household characteristics. Data available from: 2006. The population consists of all private households with income on January 1st of the reporting year. Status of the figures: The figures in this table are provisional. The compilation of the figures has been changed in a number of parts from reporting year 2011 compared to previous years: From 2011, more complete information on bank and saving credits and securities is available. All small amounts are also observed from that moment on. As a result, there are more households with these assets. From 2011, more complete information on debts is available. Education loans and loans from banks are fully observed from that moment on. As a result, there are more households with other loans. Changes as of 25 May 2018: None, this is a new table. When will new figures be published? New figures will be published in December of 2018.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table aims to show the distribution of welfare of private households, measured by their income, expenditures and wealth. The figures in this table are broken down to different household characteristics. The population consists of all private households with income on January 1st of the reporting year. In the population for the subject low-income households, both student households and households with income only for a part of the year have been excluded. Data available from: 2011 Status of the figures: The figures in this table for 2011 to 2015 are final. The figures for 2016 are preliminary. Changes as of 7 February 2018: Figures for 2011 to 2015 are finalized. Figures for 2016 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures, final figures for 2016 and preliminary figures for 2017, will be published in the fall of 2018. The next household budget survey will be held in 2020. New figures on expenditures are expected in 2022.
    • Февраль 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table aims to show the distribution of welfare of persons in the Netherlands, measured by their income. The figures in this table are broken down to different person characteristics. The population consists of all persons in private households with income on January 1st of the reporting year. In the population for the subject low-income persons, persons in both student households and households with income only for a part of the year have been excluded. The population for the subject economic independence consists of all persons aged from 15 to the OAP-age in private households with income on January 1st of the reporting year, except for students and pupils. Data available from: 2011 Status of the figures: The figures in this table for 2011 to 2015 are final. The figures for 2016 are preliminary. Changes as of 7 February 2018: Figures for 2011 to 2015 are finalized. Figures for 2016 are added. When will new figures be published? New figures, final figures for 2016 and preliminary figures for 2017, will be published in the fall of 2018.
    • Август 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table presents information on the development in turnover in the sector Wholesale trade (ISIC 2008 codes 46). The figures are expressed as a year-on-year mutation which expresses growth relative to the same period in the preceding year and by means of an index. In this table the base year is updated to 2015. Data available from: first quarter 2005. Status of the figures: The figures of a calendar year will become definitive no later than five months after the end of that calendar year. Until then, the figures in this table will be 'provisional' and can still be adjusted as a result of corrected response. Once definite figures have been published, Statistics Netherlands will only apply adjustments if significant corrections are necessary. Changes as of August 31 2018: Figures 2018 second quarter have been added. When will new figures be published? As a rule quarterly statistics are published on the last working day of the second month after the quarter.
    • Октябрь 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table shows monthly, quarterly and annual figures of the production of electricity by wind energy, the capacity of wind turbines and an index for the amount of wind supply for the production of electricity. The figures are broken down by onshore and offshore wind. The index for the amount of wind is only available for wind turbines on land. Data available from: January 2002, monthly Status of the figures: The figures in this table are definite from January 2002 to December 2016, revised provisional for 2017 and provisional from January 2018 onwards. Changes as of 11 October 2018: Provisional figures for August 2018 have been added. Changes as of 2 May 2018: The underlying codes of the classifications used in this table have been adjusted. These are now in line with the standard codes set by Statistics Netherlands. The structure and data of the table are not adjusted. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for electricity production will appear in the second month after the reference month. Adjusted provisional figures on all variables and for all months for the previous year appear in June each year. Final figures on all variables and for all months for the previous year appear in December each year.
  • Y
    • Март 2018
      Источник: CBS StatLine Databank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2018
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on the harvest of apples and pears in the Netherlands. It concerns the harvest of apples and pears and the corresponding cultivation area (broken down by variety and fruit cultivation area). From 2016 it is mandatory for growers to participate in the survey. The response is therefore higher than in previous years, which can lead to breaks in the trend. Data available from: 1997. Status of the figures: The figures from 1997-2016 are definite. The figures referring to 2017 are provisional. Changes as of 30 March 2018: The provisional figures referring to 2017 have been added. The figures referring to 2016 are now definite. When will new figures be published? Provisional figures for the previous year are published in March, at the same time figures for the preceding year become definite.